BNCCORP INC
10KSB, 1998-03-30
NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: HOSPITALITY PROPERTIES TRUST, SC 13D, 1998-03-30
Next: LEGAL RESEARCH CENTER INC, 10KSB, 1998-03-30






                     U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                      -----
                                   FORM 10-KSB
                                      -----
[X]   ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d)  OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
      1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997
                                         or
[ ]   TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
      OF 1934
                           Commission File No. 0-26290

                                  BNCCORP, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

           Delaware                                    45-0402816
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or orrganization)

          322 East Main                                     58501
     Bismarck, North Dakota                               (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

                   Issuer's telephone number: (701) 250-3040
       Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None
         Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value
                                (Title of class)

      Check  whether  the issuer (1) filed all  reports  required to be filed by
Section 13 of 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the  registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ___

      Check if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  in  response  to Item 405 of
Regulation  S-B is not  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will  be
contained,  to the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [x]

      The issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year: $28,920,000

      The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of
the  Registrant  at March 16, 1998 was $33,259,000.

      The number of shares of the Registrant's common stock outstanding on March
16, 1998 was 2,400,749.

      Documents  incorporated by reference.  Portions of the Registrant's  proxy
statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission in connection
with the  Registrant's  1997 annual meeting of stockholders  are incorporated by
reference into Part III hereof.

      Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one): Yes ___  No  X


<PAGE>



                                  BNCCORP, INC.

                          ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-KSB
                     FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

                                     PART I
Item 1. Description of Business............................................... 1
Item 2. Description of Property............................................... 7
Item 3. Legal Proceedings..................................................... 7
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders................... 8

                                     PART II
Item 5. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters...............9
Item 6. Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation..............9
Item 7. Financial Statements..................................................37
Item 8. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting 
        and Financial Disclosure..............................................67

                                    PART III
Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons; 
        Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act ....................67
Item 10. Executive Compensation...............................................67
Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.......67
Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.......................67
Item 13. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.....................................67



<PAGE>



                                     PART I


Item 1.        Description of Business

General

BNCCORP,  Inc.  ("BNCCORP"),  a Delaware  corporation,  is a  multibank  holding
company  registered  under the Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956 (the  "BHCA")
headquartered in Bismarck, North Dakota. BNCCORP (together with its consolidated
subsidiaries,  "BNC" or the  "Company")  provides a broad  range of banking  and
financial services to small and mid-size businesses, private banking clients and
consumers  through its 15  facilities  in North  Dakota and  Minnesota.  BNCCORP
operates primarily through its two commercial banking subsidiaries, BNC National
Bank  ("BNC--North  Dakota"),  which is  headquartered  in  Bismarck  and has 12
additional  offices  in  North  Dakota,  and  BNC  National  Bank  of  Minnesota
("BNC--Minnesota,"  together with  BNC--North  Dakota,  the  "Banks"),  which is
located in Minneapolis, Minnesota. In addition, the Company provides asset-based
commercial financing through its non-bank subsidiary,  BNC Financial Corporation
("BNC Financial"), located in St. Cloud, Minnesota.

Growth Strategy

BNCCORP was formed in 1987 with the  objective of acquiring  and  improving  the
performance of strategically located banks in North Dakota. Since that time, the
banking  industry has undergone  rapid change.  Many non-bank  competitors  have
entered into the banking business. The proliferation of non-bank competitors has
resulted in the availablilty of a multitude of financial  products and services.
Technological  advances  have  improved  delivery  systems  and given  customers
immediate access to these products and services.  To remain  competitive in this
rapidly changing environment,  BNCCORP has expanded its objective. The Company's
objective is to build a growing, profitable financial services network.

BNC  aims to  achieve  this  objective  through  expanded  product  and  service
offerings  and an emphasis on customer  service and local  relationship  banking
with small and  mid-size  businesses,  private  banking  clients and  consumers.
Management believes that the Company's  entrepreneurial  approach to banking and
the introduction of new products and services will continue to attract small and
mid-size  businesses which often are not of sufficient size to be of interest to
the larger banks in its market  areas.  See  "--Market  Areas." Such  businesses
frequently  have difficulty  finding  banking  services that meet their specific
needs and have sought,  and management  believes will continue to seek,  banking
institutions  that are more  relationship-oriented.  BNC  offers a wide range of
banking and  finance-related  products and services,  including  trust services,
asset management,  retirement planning, tax planning and preparation,  insurance
and other private banking services. See "--Products and Services."

Acquisitions have played an important role in BNC's growth strategy. The Company
has  completed  several  bank and  nonbank  acquisitions.  The  largest of these
acquisitions  was the  Company's  July 1995  acquisition  of seven North  Dakota
branches,  with aggregate deposits of approximately  $104.8 million,  from First
Bank fsb. See Note 2 to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included under
Item 7 of Part II for a summary of mergers and acquisitions  consummated  during
the three year period ended December 31, 1997.

Management  believes  that its  increased  product  and  service  offerings  and
acquisitions  have  generated  significant  growth for the Company.  BNC's total
assets have increased from $118.0 million at December 31, 1992 to $360.1 million
at December  31,  1997.  The  Company's  goal  continues to be the creation of a
well-capitalized  $500  million to $1 billion  financial  services  organization
focused on local  relationship  banking.  Efforts are ongoing to ensure that the
executive  management  team and  operating  systems are in place to achieve this
goal. BNC will continue to emphasize  internally-generated  growth.  The Company
will also seek growth  opportunities  through  acquisition of financial services
companies  or de novo  branching  in North  and  South  Dakota,  Minnesota  and,
possibly, Iowa, Nebraska and Wisconsin.



                                        1

<PAGE>



Market Areas

BNC's primary market areas are the Bismarck/Mandan  (North Dakota)  metropolitan
area, the  Minneapolis/  St.Paul  (Minnesota)  metropolitan  area, and the rural
communities  surrounding  the  branch  offices  of  BNC--North  Dakota  (Linton,
Ellendale,  Garrison,  Stanley, Kenmare, Crosby and Watford City, North Dakota).
The  asset-based  lending  activities  of  BNC  Financial  have  been  conducted
primarily  in  Minnesota.   A  substantial   majority  of  the  Company's  total
consolidated net loans are attributable to customers located in the North Dakota
market area, although during 1997, BNC--Minnesota and BNC Financial continued to
experience  significant  loan growth in the Minnesota market area. See Note 4 to
the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  under  Item  7 of  Part  II.
Generally,  each branch draws most of its deposits from its general market area.
The following table presents certain  information about each of BNC's geographic
locations:


                                                         December 31, 1997
                                                   -----------------------------
                                      Year Opened       Total
             Location                 or Acquired     Deposits       Gross Loans
- ----------------------------------    -----------  ------------    -------------
                                                            (in thousands)
BNC--North Dakota
  Bismarck........................         1990    $     93,806    $     154,312
  Linton..........................         1987          47,065           10,367
  Ellendale.......................         1995          11,209            1,544
  Garrison........................         1995          14,995              543
  Stanley.........................         1995          15,438              319
  Kenmare.........................         1995          18,133              217
  Crosby..........................         1995          18,157               92
  Watford City....................         1995          16,011              169
BNC--Minnesota.....................        1996          28,010           52,342
BNC Financial.....................         1996              --           15,116
BNCCORP (parent company)..........         1987              --              499
                                                   ------------    -------------
        Total.....................                 $    262,824    $     235,520
                                                   ============    =============

Products and Services

Loans. The Company's loans primarily consist of commercial and industrial loans,
agricultural  loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans,
consumer  loans and lease  financing.  In  allocating  its assets  among  loans,
investments  and other  earning  assets,  BNC attempts to maximize  return while
managing risk at acceptable levels. BNC's primary lending focus is on commercial
loans and owner-occupied  real estate loans to small and mid-size businesses and
professionals. The Company offers a broad range of commercial and retail lending
services,  including  commercial  revolving  lines of  credit,  residential  and
commercial real estate mortgage loans,  consumer loans and equipment  financing.
For more information on the lending activities of the Company, see "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis  or  Plan  of   Operation--Financial   Condition--Loan
Portfolio" included under Item 6 of Part II.

Interest  rates  charged  on loans  may be fixed or  variable  and vary with the
degree of risk, loan term,  underwriting and servicing costs,  loan amount,  and
extent of other  banking  relationships  maintained  with  customers.  Rates are
further subject to competitive pressures, the current interest rate environment,
availability  of funds and  government  regulations.  As of December  31,  1997,
approximately 67 percent of the loans in BNC's portfolio had interest rates that
float with BNC's base rate or some other reference rate.

The Company also offers asset-based  commercial financing through BNC Financial,
the  Company's  non-bank  subsidiary  which was acquired in 1996.  BNC Financial
provides asset-based working capital and term financing to small and mid-size

                                        2

<PAGE>



companies  for  refinancings,   recapitalizations,   acquisitions  and  seasonal
borrowing  through  senior loans  secured by business  assets such as equipment,
accounts receivable,  and inventory.  Revolving credit facilities and term loans
are cross-collateralized. Management of BNC Financial is experienced in, and has
adopted   policies  and  procedures  to  address  the  risks   associated  with,
asset-based  lending.  Asset-based lending often involves higher risk than loans
traditionally extended by banks, but often involves higher returns.

Deposits.  Each of BNC's bank branches  offers the usual and customary  range of
depository products provided by commercial banks,  including  checking,  savings
and money market deposits and  certificates of deposit.  Deposits are insured by
the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC") up to statutory limits. The
Banks also purchase  brokered  deposits from time to time when such transactions
are beneficial to the Banks. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis or Plan
of Operation--Financial Condition--Deposits" included under Item 6 of Part II.

Trust, Personal Banking,  Investment and Insurance Products. Since January 1997,
BNC--North  Dakota's Financial Services division has been providing a wide array
of trust,  personal banking,  investment and insurance services for corporations
and individuals. These services range from fiduciary and personal trust services
to  tax  planning  and  preparation,  payroll  processing,  financial  planning,
retirement  planning,  employee  stock option  plans,  employee  benefit  plans,
individual retirement accounts ("IRAs"), including custodial self-directed IRAs,
asset  preservation,  charitable  giving  and  related  services  and  insurance
services of all types. These services provide opportunities to solidify customer
relationships  by  meeting  more  of the  banking  and  financial  needs  of the
Company's  current  customer base. They also present  opportunities to establish
new  customer  relationships  in the markets  served by BNC.  The  January  1998
business  combination with Lips and Lahr, Inc. ("Lips & Lahr") has significantly
increased  the level and nature of  insurance  activities  conducted by BNC. See
Note 2 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included under Item 7 of Part
II.

Consulting  Services.  In  addition  to its  asset-based  lending  program,  BNC
Financial  manages a consulting  services  division  which  provides a number of
services including  pre-funding due diligence,  collateral review,  problem loan
consulting, bankruptcy support and asset valuation.

Investment  Portfolio.  The purpose of the Company's  investment portfolio is to
provide a source of earnings and manage  liquidity.  Investments  are  centrally
managed in order to aid in compliance with federal laws and  regulations,  which
place certain restrictions on the amounts and types of investments BNC may hold.
BNC  maintains an  investment  grade  portfolio  oriented  toward U.S.  Treasury
securities, U.S. government agencies securities and a small amount of investment
grade obligations of state and political subdivisions.  In managing its interest
rate  exposure,  the Company  also  invests in  mortgage-backed  securities  and
floating rate collateralized mortgage obligations.  See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis or Plan of Operation--Financial  Condition--Investment  Securities"
included under Item 6 of Part II.

Distribution Methods

BNC offers its banking and financial  products and services through  traditional
industry  distribution  methods  including its network of bank, branch and other
offices.  In addition,  the Company offers 24-hour  telephone  banking  services
through its voice response system, BNC Bankline.  The Company also provides cash
management  services  to  its  commercial  customers  through  its  Xpress  Cash
Management  system.  This system allows  customers to process  funds  transfers,
wires,  automated clearing house (ACH)  transactions,  stop payments and account
history inquiries using their office computers and modems.  The Company has also
established  an  internet  web site  which is  currently  being  used to provide
corporate financial  information,  current investment news and stock prices. The
Company is currently  considering  offering  full  internet  banking in order to
provide online banking to customers at any time and from any location.



                                        3

<PAGE>



The Year 2000 Issue

Computers are heavily relied upon in the financial  services industry where much
of the business  transacted is date  sensitive  (for example the  calculation of
interest receivable on a bank's loans and investments or interest payable on its
deposits or borrowings). The Year 2000 Issue results from a computer's inability
to process year- date data accurately  beyond the year 1999.  Except in recently
introduced year 2000 compliant programs,  computer programmers have consistently
abbreviated  dates by  eliminating  the first two  digits of the year,  with the
assumption  that these two digits would  always be 19.  Unless  corrected,  this
situation is expected to create widespread  problems on January 1, 2000. On that
date,  some computer  programs may  recognize  the date as January 1, 1900,  and
process data  inaccurately or stop processing  altogether.  Complications  could
also arise before January 1, 2000 when systems  attempt to perform  calculations
into the year 2000. In addition, some software programs use several dates in the
year 1999 to mean something other than the date. As systems process  information
using  these  dates,  they may  produce  erratic  results  or stop  functioning.
Finally,  the algorithm  used in some  computers for  calculating  leap years is
unable to detect  that the year  2000 is a leap  year.  This  would  cause  date
calculations  to be  incorrect  because the  computers  would not  register  the
additional day in the year 2000.

The Company is fully aware of these  problems  and has taken steps to  identify,
modify and test all systems that could be  negatively  affected by the Year 2000
Issue.  BNC has also taken  steps to ensure that its  customers  and others with
whom it exchanges date-dependent information are aware of the potential problems
and are taking  appropriate action to ensure that their systems become year 2000
compliant.    See   "Management's   Discussion   and   Analysis   or   Plan   of
Operation--Results   of   Operations--Noninterest   Expenses--Year  2000  Issue"
included  under Item 6 of Part II for more  detailed  information  regarding the
Company's  status and  estimated  costs  relating  to the Year 2000  Issue.  See
"Management's   Discussion   and   Analysis  or  Plan  of   Operation--Financial
Condition--Loan  Portfolio--Customer  Year 2000 Issues" included under Item 6 of
Part II for a discussion of the potential impact of customer year 2000 readiness
on the Company's credit quality and allowance for loan losses.

Risk Management

The uncertainty of whether events,  expected or otherwise,  will have an adverse
impact on the Company's  capital or earnings is an  inevitable  component of the
business of banking.  To ensure that the risks  inherent in BNC's  business  are
identified,  measured,  controlled and monitored,  the Company has established a
risk  management  committee  composed  of  senior  management  from  across  the
organization  (the "Risk  Committee").  The Risk  Committee is  responsible  for
determining the desired risk profile of the Company, allocating resources to the
lines of business,  approving major investment programs that are consistent with
strategic  priorities and risk appetite and making capital management  decisions
to appropriately fund the Company's portfolio of investments. The Risk Committee
addresses  each  of  the  major  risk  categories   identified  by  the  banking
regulators,  if applicable,  as well as any additional identified risks inherent
in the Company's business.  Such risks include,  but are not limited to, credit,
liquidity,  interest rate, transaction,  compliance,  strategic,  and reputation
risk. In each  identified  risk area, the Risk  Committee  measures the level of
risk to the Company  based on the  business it conducts  and  develops  plans to
bring risks within  acceptable  tolerances.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  or  Plan  of   Operation--Financial   Condition--Loan   Portfolio  and
- --Liquidity,  Market  and  Credit  Risk"  included  under  Item 6 of Part II for
further discussion of credit, liquidity and interest rate risk.

Competition

The deregulation of the banking  industry,  the increasing  number of state laws
that permit multi-bank  holding  companies,  and the increasing  availability of
nationwide  interstate  banking have  heightened  the level of competition in an
already  intensely  competitive  market.  The North Dakota and Minnesota  market
areas are highly competitive banking environments. Competition is encountered in
seeking  deposits,  obtaining  loan  customers and in providing all of the other
banking  and  financial   products  and  services  offered  by  BNC.   Principal
competitors  include  multi-regional  financial  institutions  such  as  Norwest
Corporation,  U.S. Bancorp and Community First Bankshares, Inc. as well as large
and small  thrifts,  independent  banks,  credit  unions and many  national  and
regional  brokerage  houses.  BNC also  competes with other  non-bank  financial
institutions,

                                        4

<PAGE>



including  retail stores that maintain their own credit  programs and government
agencies that make low cost or guaranteed loans available to certain  borrowers.
Some of these  competitors  have  substantially  greater  resources  and lending
limits than BNC, and may offer certain  services  that BNC does not provide.  In
addition,  some of the non-bank financial institutions that compete with BNC are
not subject to the extensive  federal  regulations  that govern BNC.  Management
believes that many  competitors  have  emphasized  retail  banking and financial
services,  leaving the small and mid-size business market underserved.  This has
allowed BNC to compete effectively by emphasizing customer service, establishing
long-term  customer  relationships  and providing  services meeting the needs of
such businesses and the individuals  associated with them. The banking  business
is highly competitive,  and the future  profitability of the Company will depend
on its ability to continue to compete successfully in its market areas.

Supervision and Regulation

General. BNCCORP and the Banks are extensively regulated under federal and state
laws and  regulations.  These laws and  regulations  are  primarily  intended to
protect depositors and the federal deposit insurance funds, not investors in the
securities of BNCCORP.  The following  information  briefly  summarizes  certain
material  statutes  and  regulations  affecting  BNCCORP  and the  Banks  and is
qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to  the  particular  statutory  and
regulatory provisions.  Any change in applicable laws, regulations or regulatory
policies may have a material effect on the business, operations and prospects of
BNCCORP and the Banks.  The Company is unable to predict the nature or extent of
the effects that fiscal or monetary  policies,  economic controls or new federal
or state legislation may have on its business and earnings in the future.

Primary Regulators. BNCCORP is a bank holding company registered under the BHCA,
and is  subject  to  regulation,  supervision  and  examination  by the Board of
Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System  ("FRB").  BNCCORP is required to file
periodic  reports  with the FRB and such other  reports  as the FRB may  require
pursuant to the BHCA. As a nonbank subsidiary,  BNC Financial is also subject to
regulation  by the FRB.  The Banks are  national  banking  associations  and are
subject  to  supervision,  regulation  and  examination  by  the  Office  of the
Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"). Since the deposits of the Banks are insured
by the FDIC,  the Banks are also subject to regulation  and  supervision  by the
FDIC.  See  "--Deposit  Insurance."  Additionally,  the Banks are members of the
Federal Reserve System.

Acquisitions and Permissible  Activities.  As a registered bank holding company,
BNCCORP is  restricted  in its  acquisitions,  certain  of which are  subject to
approval by the FRB. A bank holding company may not acquire,  or may be required
to give certain notice regarding acquisitions of, companies considered to engage
in activities  other than those  determined by the FRB to be closely  related to
banking or managing banks.

Transactions with Affiliates.  Under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act (the
"Act"),  certain restrictions are placed on loans and other extensions of credit
by the Banks to BNCCORP and BNC Financial who are defined as "affiliates" of the
Banks under the Act.  Section 23B of the Act places  standards  of fairness  and
reasonableness on other of the Banks' transactions with their affiliates.

Anti-Tying  Restrictions.  Bank  holding  companies  and  their  affiliates  are
prohibited from tying the provision of certain  services,  such as extensions of
credit, to other services offered by a holding company or its affiliates.

Restrictions on Loans to One Borrower.  Under federal law,  permissible loans to
one  borrower  by banks  are  generally  limited  to 15  percent  of the  bank's
unimpaired capital, surplus, undivided profits and loan loss reserves. The Banks
seek participations to accommodate  borrowers whose financing needs exceed their
lending limits.

Loans to Executive  Officers,  Directors  and  Principal  Stockholders.  Certain
limitations and reporting  requirements  are also placed on extensions of credit
by the Banks to principal  stockholders  of BNCCORP and to directors and certain
executive  officers  of the Banks  (and  BNCCORP  and its  nonbank  subsidiaries
provided certain criteria are met) and to "related  interests" of such principal
stockholders,  directors and officers.  In addition,  any director or officer of
BNCCORP or the Banks or principal stockholder of BNCCORP may be

                                        5

<PAGE>



limited in his or her ability to obtain credit from financial  institutions with
which the Banks maintain correspondent relationships.

Interstate Banking and Branching. Interstate banking and branching provisions of
federal  and state  laws may place  certain  limitations  on  expansion  by bank
holding companies or banks.

Capital Adequacy.  The capital adequacy of BNCCORP and the Banks is monitored by
the federal  regulatory  agencies using a combination of risk-based and leverage
ratios.  Failure to meet the applicable capital guidelines could subject BNCCORP
or the Banks to supervisory or enforcement  actions. In addition,  BNCCORP could
be required to guarantee a capital restoration plan of one or more of its Banks,
should such Banks become  "undercapitalized" under capital guidelines.  See Note
10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 7 of Part II.

Dividend  Restrictions.  Federal  rules  also  limit  a  bank's  ability  to pay
dividends to its parent bank holding  company in excess of certain amounts or if
the payment would result in the bank being considered  "undercapitalized"  under
capital guidelines.

Community  Reinvestment Act. Under the Community  Reinvestment Act ("CRA"),  the
Banks are encouraged to respond to the credit and other needs of the communities
they  serve.  Bank  performance  under the CRA is  periodically  tested  and the
federal  bank  regulatory  agencies  consider  CRA  ratings in  connection  with
acquisitions involving the change in control of a financial institution.

Deposit Insurance.  FDIC-insured depository institutions that are members of the
FDIC's  Bank  Insurance  Fund  ("BIF") and Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund
("SAIF")  pay  insurance  premiums  at  rates  based on  their  assessment  risk
classification,  which is determined in part based on the Bank's  capital ratios
and in part on factors  that the FDIC deems  relevant to  determine  the risk of
loss to the insurance funds. The Banks also pay additional  assessments that are
used to pay certain Financing  Corporation  ("FICO")  obligations issued between
1987 and 1989 to resolve failed savings and loan associations.

Cross-Guarantee.  The Financial  Institutions,  Reform, Recovery and Enforcement
Act of  1989  provides  for  cross-guarantees  of  the  liabilities  of  insured
depository  institutions pursuant to which any bank subsidiary of a bank holding
company may be required to reimburse the FDIC for any loss or  anticipated  loss
to the FDIC that arises from a default of any of such  holding  company's  other
subsidiary  banks or  assistance  provided to such an  institution  in danger of
default.

Support of Banks.  Bank  holding  companies  are also  subject to the "source of
strength doctrine" which requires such holding companies to serve as a source of
"financial and managerial" strength for their subsidiary banks.

Conservator  and  Receivership  Powers.  Federal  banking  regulators have broad
authority to place depository  institutions into conservatorship or receivership
to include,  among  other  things,  appointment  of the FDIC as  conservator  or
receiver of an  undercapitalized  institution  under certain  circumstances.  If
either of the Banks was placed into conservatorship or receivership,  because of
the cross-guarantee provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended,
BNCCORP,  as the sole  stockholder of the Bank, would likely lose its investment
in the Bank.

Consumer Laws and Regulations. In addition to the laws and regulations discussed
herein, the Banks are also subject to certain consumer laws and regulations that
are designed to protect customers in transactions with banks. These include, but
are not  limited to, the Truth in Lending  Act,  the Truth in Savings  Act,  the
Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds  Availability  Act, the Equal
Credit  Opportunity  Act and the Fair  Housing Act.  These laws mandate  certain
disclosure  requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions
must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers.

Changing Regulatory Structure. The FRB, OCC and FDIC have extensive authority to
police  unsafe or  unsound  practices  and  violations  of  applicable  laws and
regulations by depository institutions and their holding

                                        6

<PAGE>



companies.  The agencies'  authority has been expanded by federal legislation in
recent years. In addition,  the North Dakota Department of Banking and Financial
Institutions  and the  Minnesota  Department  of  Commerce  possess  significant
authority to address  violations  of their  respective  state's  banking laws by
banks operating in their respective  states by enforcement and other supervisory
actions.

The laws and regulations affecting banks and bank holding companies have changed
significantly  in recent years,  and there is reason to expect that changes will
continue in the future, although it is difficult to predict the outcome of these
changes.  From time to time,  various bills are  introduced in the United States
Congress with respect to regulation of financial institutions.  Certain of these
proposals,  if adopted,  could significantly  change the regulation of banks and
the  financial  services  industry.  BNC  cannot  predict  whether  any of these
proposals will be adopted or, if adopted, how these proposals would affect BNC.

Monetary Policy.  The monetary policy of the FRB has a significant effect on the
operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. The FRB uses
the various means at its disposal to influence  overall growth and  distribution
of bank loans,  investments and deposits, and interest rates charged on loans or
paid on deposits.  FRB monetary policies have materially affected the operations
of  commercial  banks in the past and are  expected  to continue to do so in the
future.  The nature of future monetary  policies and the effect of such policies
on the  business  and  earnings  of  BNCCORP  and  its  subsidiaries  cannot  be
predicted.

Employees

At December  31,  1997,  BNC had  approximately  148  employees,  including  129
full-time  equivalent  employees.  None  of  BNC's  employees  is  covered  by a
collective  bargaining  agreement and management  believes that its relationship
with its employees is good.

Item 2.        Description of Property

The principal offices of BNCCORP and BNC--North Dakota are located in BNC's main
office building at 322 East Main Avenue, Bismarck, North Dakota. The building is
owned by BNC--North  Dakota.  BNC--North  Dakota also owns branch offices at 219
South 3rd Street and 807 East Century Avenue and an additional  office  building
at 116 North 4th Street in  Bismarck.  It also owns its  banking  facilities  in
Linton, Crosby, Ellendale, Kenmare and Stanley, North Dakota.

BNC--North Dakota's  facilities at 100 West Main Street (Mandan),  500 North 9th
Street (Bismarck), Watford City and Garrison, North Dakota and the land at South
3rd Street (Bismarck) are leased.  The facilities  occupied by BNC--Minnesota at
333 South Seventh Street, Minneapolis,  Minnesota and the facilities housing BNC
Financial at 4150 South 2nd Street, St. Cloud, Minnesota are also leased.

All owned and leased  properties are considered in good operating  condition and
are  believed  adequate  for  the  Company's  present  and  foreseeable   future
operations.  BNC  does not  anticipate  any  difficulty  in  leasing  additional
suitable  space upon  expiration  of  present  lease  terms.  See Note 15 to the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  under  Item  7  of  part  II  for
additional information concerning lease commitments.

Item 3.        Legal Proceedings

BNC National Bank v. Debra J. Gronlie and Paul Andahl, Civ. No. 97-C-2020 (South
Central Jud. Dist.  Burleigh Co. ND). On July 21, 1997,  BNC--North  Dakota (the
"Bank")  filed suit against a terminated  loan officer and her husband  alleging
misrepresentations,  reliance on  misrepresentations  and  breaches of fiduciary
responsibilities  and conflicts of interest and seeking monetary damages against
the loan officer and equitable relief by way of the imposition of a constructive
trust against the loan officer and her husband.


                                        7

<PAGE>



The  Bank  filed  suit  as a  result  of  irregularities  discovered  during  an
exhaustive  review of the loan  portfolio  of the former  loan  officer  who was
dismissed  during the second  quarter of 1997, and the special $1.9 million loan
loss provision charged to operations during the quarter ended June 30, 1997, all
of which related to her lending activities.

In December 1997,  following  negotiations  with its fidelity bond carrier,  the
carrier made a payment of $762,000 to be applied  against any covered  losses of
the Bank's.  Approximately  $690,000 of this  payment was credited to the Bank's
allowance  for loan losses.  The remaining  $72,000 was credited to  noninterest
income to cover a portion of the costs the Bank has incurred in  resolving  this
matter.  A final settlement of covered losses with the fidelity bond carrier has
not been reached and negotiations  with the carrier are continuing.  While there
can be no  assurances  concerning  the  amount of final  recovery  on the claim,
Company management anticipates that final settlement of the claim will result in
an additional payment by the carrier. See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
or Plan  of  Operation"  included  under  Item 6 of  Part  II and  Note 4 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 7 of Part II.

The  Company  is  currently  not  a  party  to  any  additional  material  legal
proceedings.  Periodically,  and in the  ordinary  course of  business,  various
claims  and  lawsuits  which are  incidental  to BNC's  business  may be brought
against or by BNC, such as claims to enforce liens,  condemnation proceedings on
properties in which BNC holds security  interests,  claims  involving the making
and  servicing  of real  property  loans  and  other  issues  incidental  to the
Company's business.

Item 4.        Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended
December 31, 1997.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                                     PART II


Item 5.        Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

BNCCORP's common stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"), is traded on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "BNCC".

The following  table lists the high and low sales prices of the Common Stock for
the periods  indicated  as reported by the Nasdaq  National  Market.  The quotes
represent  "inter-dealer"  prices without adjustment or mark-ups,  mark-downs or
commissions and may not represent actual transactions.


                              For the Years Ended December 31,
                        ---------------------------------------------
                                1997                    1996
                        ---------------------   ---------------------
Period                    High         Low        High         Low
                        ---------    --------   ---------   ---------
First Quarter...........$   13.50    $  11.75   $   10.38   $    9.25
Second Quarter..........$   12.75    $  10.50   $   10.25   $    8.00
Third Quarter...........$   17.00    $  11.00   $   11.50   $    9.00
Fourth Quarter..........$   17.00    $  14.50   $   12.50   $   10.50

On March 16,  1998,  there  were 104  record  holders  and  approximately  1,400
beneficial owners of the Company's Common Stock.

BNCCORP's  policy  is to  retain  its  earnings  to  support  the  growth of its
business. The board of directors of BNCCORP has never declared cash dividends on
its  Common  Stock  and does not plan to do so in the  foreseeable  future.  The
ability of BNCCORP to pay cash dividends  largely  depends on the amount of cash
dividends paid to it by the Banks. Capital  distributions,  including dividends,
by the  Banks  are  subject  to  federal  regulatory  restrictions  tied to each
institution's  earnings and capital.  See "Supervision and  Regulation--Dividend
Restrictions" included under Item 1 of Part I.

During  February  1998,  the Company  issued  63,406  shares of Common  Stock to
shareholders  of Lips & Lahr in a private  offering  believed to be exempt under
the  Securities  Act of 1933  and the  regulations  and  rules  thereunder.  The
issuance was in conjunction with the business  combination with Lips & Lahr. See
Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 6.        Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation

Selected Financial Data

The  selected  consolidated  financial  data  presented  below under the caption
"Income  Statement  Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" for and as of the years ended
December  31,  1997,  1996 and  1995 are  derived  from the  historical  audited
consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company.  The  Consolidated  Balance
Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the related Consolidated  Statements
of Income,  Stockholders'  Equity and Cash Flows for each of the three  years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  1997 were  audited  by Arthur  Andersen  LLP,
independent  public  accountants.  The  financial  data below  should be read in
conjunction with and are qualified by the Consolidated  Financial Statements and
the notes thereto included under Item 7.


                                        9

<PAGE>



                                       Selected Financial Data


                                             For the Years Ended December 31,
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                1997        1996        1995
                                              --------    ---------   --------
                                        (dollars in thousands except share data)
                                        
Income Statement Data:
Gross interest income.......................$   26,541   $  20,957  $  15,283
Gross interest expense......................    13,915      11,107      8,542
                                            ---------- ----------- ----------
Net interest income.........................    12,626       9,850      6,741
Provision for loan losses...................     2,619         739        168
Noninterest income (1)......................     2,443       2,096      1,736
Noninterest expense.........................     9,894       8,213      6,511
Provision for income taxes..................     1,044       1,147        641
                                            ---------- ------------ ---------
Net income..................................$    1,512   $   1,847  $   1,157
                                            ========== =========== ==========
Balance Sheet Data: (at end of period)
Total assets................................$  360,121   $ 288,558  $ 240,399
Investments and federal funds sold..........    94,624      66,391     97,366
Loans.......................................   235,200     202,997    120,683
Allowance for loan losses...................     3,069       1,594      1,048
Total deposits..............................   262,824     239,770    211,048
Short-term borrowings.......................    46,503      11,437      1,000
Long-term borrowings........................    21,812      10,615      3,354
Stockholders' equity........................    24,274      22,635     20,887
Book value per common share outstanding.....$    10.38(2)$    9.68(2) $  8.93(2)
Earnings Performance Data:
Return on average total assets..............      .48%        .71%        .59%
Return on average stockholders' equity......     6.47%       8.53%       8.11%
Net interest margin.........................     4.31%       4.09%       3.71%
Net interest spread.........................     3.85%       3.63%       3.27%
Basic earnings per share....................     $0.65       $0.79       $0.67
Diluted earnings per share..................     $0.64       $0.79       $0.67
Balance Sheet and Other Key Ratios:
Nonperforming assets to total assets........      .42%        .15%        .20%
Nonperforming loans to total loans..........      .64%        .14%        .40%
Net loan charge-offs to average loans.......    (.51)%      (.11)%      (.03)%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans....     1.30%        .78%        .87%
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming 
     loans..................................      205%        555%        218%
Average stockholders' equity to average     
     total assets...........................     7.41%       8.34%       8.69%
- --------------------

(1) Includes  recognizable loan fees of $1.0 million,  $1.3 million and $559,000
    for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

(2) Based on total common shares outstanding of 2,338,720.

                                       10

<PAGE>



Overview

Net  income for 1997 was $1.5  million,  or basic  earnings  per share of $0.65,
compared with $1.8 million,  or basic  earnings per share of $0.79,  in 1996 and
$1.2  million,  or basic  earnings per share of $0.67,  in 1995.  The  Company's
performance  for 1997 was impacted by a $1.9  million  increase in its loan loss
provision resulting from questionable loan practices by a loan officer dismissed
during 1997. See Item 3 of Part I, "Legal Proceedings."

In addition to the increased  loan loss  provision,  the Company's  1997 results
reflected the following highlights:

o    Net  interest  income grew 28 percent and net interest  margin  improved 22
     basis  points,  to 4.31  percent,  primarily as a result of loan growth and
     improved loan yields.

o    Noninterest income grew 17 percent. The increase was primarily attributable
     to fee income from BNC--North Dakota's Financial Services division.

o    Noninterest  expenses  grew 20 percent due to  increases  in  salaries  and
     benefits,  depreciation  and  amortization  and occupancy  costs related to
     acquisitions in late 1996 and 1997.

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income.  Net interest income, the difference between total interest
income   earned  on  earning   assets  and  total   interest   expense  paid  on
interest-bearing liabilities, is the Company's principal source of earnings. The
amount of net  interest  income is  affected by changes in the volume and mix of
earning assets, the level of rates earned on those assets, the volume and mix of
interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of rates paid on those liabilities.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,  certain  information
relating  to BNC's  average  balance  sheets and  reflects  the yield on average
assets and costs of average  liabilities.  Such  yields and costs are derived by
dividing income and expense by the average balance of assets and liabilities. No
tax equivalent adjustments were made, and all average balances have been derived
from monthly averages which are indicative of daily averages.


                                       11

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Analysis of Average Balances, Interest and Yields/Rates


                                                                    For the Years ended December 31,
                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1997                           1996                         1995
                                         -----------------------------  ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                                                   Interest  Average               Interest Average            Interest   Average
                                         Average   earned    yield or    Average   earned   yield or Average   earned     yield or
                                         balance   or paid   cost        balance   or paid  cost     balance   or paid     cost
                                         -------   --------  --------   --------   -------- -------  -------   -------    --------
                                                                             (dollars in thousands)
                                         -------   --------  --------   --------   -------- -------  -------   -------    -------- 
<S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>     
Assets
   Federal funds sold................    $  5,650  $   306     5.42%     $ 2,714    $  145   5.34%    $11,348     $  651   5.74%
   Taxable investments...............      64,778    4,132     6.38%      66,547     4,359   6.55%     52,154      3,213   6.16%
   Tax-exempt investments............       1,196      100     8.36%       1,090        70   6.42%      1,705        134   7.86%
   Loans (1).........................     223,486   22,003     9.85%     171,780    16,383   9.54%    117,773     11,285   9.58%
   Allowance for loan losses........      .(2,298)      --                (1,265)        -             (1,117)        -
                                          -------  -------              --------    ------            -------     ------
     Total interest-earning assets(2)     292,812   26,541     9.06%     240,866    20,957   8.70%    181,863     15,283   8.40%
   Noninterest-earning assets:
     Cash and due from banks.........       6,039                          5,240                        5,290
     Other...........................      16,196                         13,393                       10,095
                                          -------                       --------                      -------
       Total assets..................    $315,047                       $259,499                     $197,248
                                         ========                       ========                     ========

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
   Deposits:
     NOW and money market accounts...     $50,582  $ 1,580     3.12%     $38,920    $1,004   2.58%    $38,941     $1,187   3.05%
     Savings.........................       8,904      206     2.31%       8,498       196   2.31%      7,598        217   2.86%
   Certificates of deposit:
     Under $100,000..................     127,092    7,110     5.59%     124,682     7,055   5.66%     93,983      5,456   5.81%
     $100,000 and over...............      41,581    2,386     5.74%      25,499     1,483   5.82%     15,486        942   6.08%
                                          -------  -------              --------    ------            -------     ------
   Total interest-bearing deposits...     228,159   11,282     4.95%     197,599     9,738   4.93%    156,008      7,802   5.00%
   Short-term borrowings:
     Securities and loans sold under
       agreements to repurchase and
       federal funds purchased.......       7,262      413     5.69%       7,340       408   5.56%      3,546        172   4.85%
     FHLB notes payable..............      15,468      881     5.70%       7,192       406   5.65%      3,483        231   6.63%
   Long-term borrowings..............      16,062    1,339     8.34%       7,027       555   7.90%      3,499        337   9.63%
                                          -------  -------              --------    ------            -------     ------
       Total interest-bearing liabilities 266,951   13,915     5.21%     219,158    11,107   5.07%    166,536      8,542   5.13%
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts..      20,357                         15,147                       13,233
                                          -------                       --------                      -------
       Total deposits and interest-bearing
          liabilities................     287,308                        234,305                      179,769
Other noninterest-bearing liabilities       4,392                          3,539                        3,208
                                          -------                       --------                      -------
       Total liabilities.............     291,700                        237,844                      182,977
Stockholders' equity.................      23,347                         21,655                       14,271
                                          -------                       --------                      -------
       Total liabilities and stockholders'
            equity...................    $315,047                       $259,499                     $197,248
                                         ========                       ========                     ========
Net interest income..................              $12,626                          $9,850                        $6,741
                                                   =======                          ======                        ======
Net interest spread..................                         3.85%                          3.63%                         3.27%
                                                             ======                         ======                        ======
Net interest margin..................                         4.31%                          4.09%                         3.71%
                                                             ======                         ======                        ======
Ratio of average interest-earning assets
   to average interest-bearing 
   liabilities.......................     109.69%                        109.91%                       109.20%
                                          =======                       ========                      =======
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1)  Interest  income does not include  loan  origination  fees other than those
     amortized  and included as an  adjustment  to loan yield as required  under
     Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  91,  "Accounting  for
     Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans
     and Initial Direct Costs of Leases." Average  nonaccrual loans are included
     in average loans outstanding.

(2)  Yields do not include  adjustments  for tax exempt  interest  because  such
     interest is not material.

                                       12

<PAGE>



The following table illustrates, for the periods indicated, the dollar amount of
changes in BNC's interest income and interest  expense for the major  components
of interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities and distinguishes
between the increase related to higher  outstanding  balances and the volatility
of interest  rates.  Changes in net interest  income due to both volume and rate
have been included in the changes due to rate:

                   Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income


                                          For the Years Ended December 31,
                                 ----------------------------------------------
                                 1997 Compared to 1996    1996 Compared to 1995
                                 ----------------------   ---------------------
                                 Change Due to            Change Due to
                                 -------------            -------------
                                 Volume   Rate   Total    Volume   Rate   Total
                                 ------- ------ -------  -------- ------- -----
                                                  (in thousands)
                                 ------- ------ -------  -------- ------- -----

Interest-Earning Assets
   Federal funds sold............$  157  $   4  $  161  $ (496) $  (10) $  (506)
   Investments...................  (109)   (88)   (197)    856     226    1,082
   Loans......................... 4,931    689   5,620   5,175     (77)   5,098
                                 ------  -----  ------  ------  ------  -------
      Total increase in interest 
          income................. 4,979    605   5,584   5,535     139    5,674
                                 ------  -----  ------  ------  ------  -------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
   NOW and money market 
      accounts.................     301    275     576      (1)   (182)    (183)
   Savings.....................       9      1      10      26     (47)     (21)
   Certificates of Deposit:
      Under $100,000...........     136    (81)     55   1,782    (183)   1,599
      $100,000 and over........     935    (32)    903     609     (68)     541
   Short-term borrowings:
      Securities and loans sold 
         under agreements to 
         repurchase and federal 
         funds purchased.......      (4)     9       5     184      52      236
      FHLB notes payable.......     467      8     475     246     (71)     175
   Long-term borrowings........     714     70     784     340    (122)     218
                                 ------  -----  ------  ------   ------  ------
      Total increase (decrease) 
         in interest expense...   2,558    250   2,808   3,186    (621)   2,565
                                 ------  -----  ------  ------   ------  ------
      Increase (decrease) in net 
         interest income....... $ 2,421 $  355 $ 2,776 $ 2,349  $  760  $ 3,109
                                 ======  =====  ======  ======   ======  ======

Year ended  December 31, 1997  compared to year ended  December  31,  1996.  Net
interest  income  increased  $2.7  million,  or 27 percent,  to $12.6 million as
compared to $9.9 million.  Net interest  spread and net interest margin improved
22 basis points to 3.85 and 4.31 percent,  respectively. The following condensed
information summarizes the major factors combining to create this improvement in
net interest  income,  spread and margin.  Lettered  explanations  following the
summary describe causes of the changes in these major factors:


                                       13

<PAGE>



                          Net Interest Income Analysis


                                             For the Years Ended
                                                 December 31,          Change
                                              -----------------  --------------_
                                               1997       1996    Amount     %
                                              -------   -------  -------  ------
                                                 (amounts in 
                                                   millions)
                                                
Total interest income increased.............. $  26.5   $  21.0   $  5.5     26%
   Due to:
     Increase in average earning assets...... $ 292.8   $ 240.9   $ 51.9     22%
     Improved yield on earning assets........   9.06%     8.70%    0.36%      4%
   Driven by:
     Increase in average loans (a)........... $  223.5  $ 171.8   $ 51.7     30%
     Improved yield on loans (b).............    9.85%    9.54%    0.31%      3%
     Mix change in earning asset portfolio --
       Average loans as a percent of total 
            interest-earning assets (c)......      76%      71%       5%      7%
Total interest expense increased............. $   13.9  $  11.1   $  2.8     25%
   Due to:
     Increase in average interest-bearing
        liabilities.......................... $  267.0  $ 219.2   $ 47.8     22%
     Increased cost on interest-bearing 
        liabilities..........................    5.21%    5.07%    0.14%      3%
   Driven by:
     Increase in average interest-bearing
        deposits(d).......................... $  228.2  $ 197.6   $ 30.6     15%
     Increase in cost of interest-bearing 
        deposits (e).........................    4.95%    4.93%    0.02%      0%
     Increase in average borrowings (f)...... $   38.8  $  21.6   $ 17.2     80%
     Increase in cost of borrowings (g)......    6.79%    6.35%    0.44%      7%
     Mix change in interest-bearing liability
     portfolio --
       Average borrowings as a percent of 
            total interest-bearing 
            liabilities (h)..................      15%      10%       5%     50%

- --------------------

(a) Loan  growth  primarily  attributable  to  loans  made to  customers  in the
Minnesota market area.

(b)  25 basis point increase in prime rate in early 1997 and increased volume in
     asset-based loans at BNC Financial.

(c)  Loan growth caused a larger percentage of the earning asset portfolio to be
     comprised of loans which have higher yields than investments.

(d) Deposit growth from both  BNC--North  Dakota and  BNC--Minnesota,  primarily
money market deposit accounts.

(e)  Decreased  costs on time  certificates  of deposit (caused by lower renewal
     rates) were offset by  increased  costs on  interest-bearing  checking  and
     money  market  deposit  accounts  (caused  by  increased  volume  in higher
     tier/higher rate, primarily commercial, money market deposit accounts).

(f)    The Company  relied more heavily on borrowings to fund growth,  including
       increased  Federal  Home Loan Bank  ("FHLB")  borrowings.  Increase  also
       reflects issuance of the Company's 8 5/8 percent  subordinated notes (the
       "Subordinated  Notes")  in May  1997.  See  Note  8 to  the  Consolidated
       Financial Statements included under Item 7.

(g)  Higher overall average costs on federal funds purchased and FHLB borrowings
     coupled with higher costs on long-term  borrowings due to increase in prime
     rate and the issuance of the Subordinated Notes. See (f).

(h)  Increased    reliance   on   borrowings   caused   higher   percentage   of
     interest-bearing  liabilities  portfolio to be comprised of borrowings with
     higher average costs than interest-bearing deposits.


                                       14

<PAGE>



Although costs on interest-bearing liabilities increased slightly, the Company's
cost of total deposits, with noninterest-bearing  deposits included, decreased 4
basis   points  to  4.54   percent   due  to  an   increase   in  the  ratio  of
noninterest-bearing    deposits   to   total    deposits.    See    "--Financial
Condition--Deposits."

Year ended  December 31, 1996  compared to year ended  December  31,  1995.  Net
interest  income  increased  $3.2  million,  or 48 percent,  to $9.9  million as
compared to $6.7 million.  Net interest  spread and net interest margin improved
36 and 38 basis points to 3.63 and 4.09  percent,  respectively.  The  following
condensed  information  summarizes  the major  factors  combining to create this
improvement in net interest  income,  spread and margin.  Lettered  explanations
following the summary describe causes of the changes in these major factors:

                          Net Interest Income Analysis


                                             For the Years Ended
                                                December 31,          Change
                                              ----------------   ---------------
                                               1996      1995     Amount     %
                                              -------   ------    ------- ------
                                                 (amounts in 
                                                   millions)
                                                
Total interest income increased.............. $  21.0   $  15.3   $  5.7    37%
   Due to:
     Increase in average earning assets...... $ 240.9   $ 181.9   $ 59.0    32%
     Improved yield on earning assets........   8.70%     8.40%    0.30%     4%
   Driven by:
     Increase in average loans (a)........... $ 171.8   $ 117.8   $ 54.0    46%
     Improved yield on investments (b).......   6.55%     6.21%    0.34%     5%
     Mix change in earning asset portfolio --
       Average loans as a percent of total 
             interest-earning assets (c).....     71%       65%       6%     9%
Total interest expense increased............. $  11.1   $   8.5    $ 2.6    31%
   Due to:
     Increase in average interest-bearing 
        liabilities.......................... $ 219.2   $ 166.5   $ 52.7    32%
     Offset by decrease in cost of interest-
        bearing liabilities..................   5.07%     5.13%  (0.06)%   (1)%
   Driven by:
     Increase in average interest-bearing 
        deposits (d)......................... $ 197.6   $ 156.0   $ 41.6    27%
     Decrease in cost of interest-bearing 
        deposits (e).........................   4.93%     5.00%  (0.07)%   (1)%
     Increase in average borrowings (f)...... $  21.6   $  10.5   $ 11.1   106%
     Decrease in cost of borrowings (g)......   6.35%     7.03%  (0.68)%  (10)%
     Mix change in interest-bearing liability 
     portfolio --
       Average time deposits as a percent 
          of total interest-bearing 
          deposits (h).......................     76%       70%       6%     9%
       Average borrowings as a percent of 
          total interest-bearing 
          liabilities (i)....................     10%        6%       4%    67%
- --------------------

(a)  Loan growth  attributable  to loans made to customers in the  Minnesota and
     North Dakota market areas.

(b)  Higher   average   yields  on  securities   available  for  sale  in  1996,
     particularly   U.S.   government   agencies   securities,   mortgage-backed
     securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.

(c)  Loan growth caused a larger percentage of the earning asset portfolio to be
     comprised of loans which have higher yields than investments.

                                       15

<PAGE>




(d)  Deposit increase at BNC--North Dakota due to internal deposit growth during
     1996 and branch  acquisition  in August  1995  ($104.8  million in deposits
     acquired),  offset by deposits sold with Farmers & Merchants  Bank of Beach
     ("FMB") in October  1995 ($39.3  million).  See Note 2 to the  Consolidated
     Financial Statements included under Item 7.

(e)  Rates on savings,  interest-bearing checking and money market deposits were
     reduced  during  1996.  Lower  average  costs  were also  recorded  on time
     deposits due to decreased  renewal rates on time  deposits  acquired in the
     August 1995 branch acquisition. See (d).

(f)  The Company  relied more heavily on  borrowings  to fund growth,  including
     loan growth at BNC Financial.

(g)  Decrease  primarily  attributable  to lower  cost on  long-term  borrowings
     during 1996.

(h)  The majority of the deposits acquired in the August 1995 branch acquisition
     were time deposits causing a mix change in the deposit portfolio.  See (d).
     This mix change reduced the impact of the quite  significant cost decreases
     realized in the various deposit categories.

(i)  Increased  borrowings  during  1996  caused  a  higher  percentage  of  the
     interest-bearing  liabilities  portfolio to be comprised of borrowings with
     higher average costs than interest-bearing  deposits. This also reduced the
     impact of the  significant  cost decreases  realized in the various deposit
     categories.

Although  costs on  interest-bearing  deposits  decreased  7 basis  points,  the
Company's cost on total deposits,  with  noninterest-bearing  deposits included,
decreased  only 3 basis points to 4.58 percent due to a decrease in the ratio of
noninterest-bearing    deposits   to   total    deposits.    See    "--Financial
Condition--Deposits."

Management  cannot  predict,  with any degree of  certainty,  prospects  for net
interest  income in future periods.  Intense  competition for bank customers can
squeeze bank net interest margins. In addition, the monetary policies of the FRB
and other  factors can impact  interest  rates which can  materially  affect the
operating results of commercial banks. See "Supervision and Regulation--Monetary
Policy" included under Item 1 of Part I and  "--Financial  Condition--Liquidity,
Market and Credit  Risk." BNC will continue to focus on expansion of its product
and  service  offerings  in order  to  supplement  earnings  from  core  banking
activities. See "--Noninterest Income."

Provision  for Loan Losses.  Management  determines a provision  for loan losses
which it considers sufficient to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses.
In evaluating  the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses,  consideration  is
given to historical charge-off experience, growth of the loan portfolio, changes
in  the  composition  of  the  loan  portfolio,   general  economic  conditions,
information regarding specific borrower status including financial condition and
related loan collateral values and other factors and estimates which are subject
to change over periods of time. Estimating the risk and potential amount of loss
on loans is subjective.  Ultimate losses may vary from current estimated losses.
Management  reviews  its  estimates  periodically  and,  as  adjustments  become
necessary,  such  adjustments  are reported in income  through the provision for
loan losses in the appropriate period.

The  provision  for loan  losses for the year ended  December  31, 1997 was $2.6
million as compared to $739,000 in 1996 and $168,000 in 1995. The increased loan
loss  provision in 1997 was  attributable  to  questionable  loan practices by a
former  loan  officer  at  BNC--North  Dakota.  See  Item 3 of  Part  I,  "Legal
Proceedings."  The  increase in the loan loss  provision  in 1996 as compared to
1995 was  attributable  to loan growth.  The provision was increased so that the
Company's  allowance  for loan  losses  would  keep  pace with the  increase  in
outstanding loans. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate
to cover  anticipated  losses in the loan  portfolio at December  31, 1997.  See
"--Financial Condition--Loan Portfolio--Allowance for Loan Losses."


                                       16

<PAGE>



Noninterest Income. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the
major categories of the Company's  noninterest  income as well as the amount and
percent of change between each of the periods presented. Related information and
material changes are discussed in lettered explanations following the table:

                               Noninterest Income


                                                        Increase (Decrease)
                                                 -------------------------------
                            For the Years Ended 
                                December 31,       1997 - 1996      1996 -1995
                          ---------------------- --------------- ---------------
                            1997    1996   1995     $       %       $       %
                          ------- ------- ------ ------- ------   -----  -------
                                (in thousands)
                                                
Loan fees ............... $ 1,018 $ 1,276 $  559 $ (258) (20)%(a) $717   128%(a)
Service charges..........     471     418    401     53    13%      17     4%
Rental income............      56      34     37     22    65%      (3)  (8)%
Net gain (loss) on sales 
   of securities (b).....       8      19    (18)   (11) (58)%      37   206%
Other noninterest income.     890     349    757     541  155%(c) (408) (54)%(d)
                         -------- ------- ------- ------          ----
Total noninterest income.$  2,443 $ 2,096 $1,736  $  347   17%    $360    21%
                         ======== ======= ======= ======          =====
- --------------------

(a)  The Company  recognized fees on several large  commercial  loans originated
     and sold without  recourse  during 1996. A significant  portion of the loan
     fee income  recognized  by the Company  results  from the  origination  and
     subsequent sale,  without recourse,  of large commercial loans.  Management
     cannot  predict with any degree of certainty the amount of loans which will
     be  originated  and related  loan fees which will be  recognized  in future
     periods.

(b)  For the year ended  December 31, 1997,  proceeds  from sales of  securities
     available for sale were $27.2 million with resultant gross gains and losses
     of $40,000 and $32,000,  respectively.  In 1996, the proceeds from sales of
     securities available for sale were $48.7 million with resultant gross gains
     and losses of $32,000 and $13,000, respectively. In 1995, the proceeds from
     sales of securities  available  for sale were $89.1 million with  resultant
     gross gains and losses of $5,000 and $23,000, respectively.

(c)  A number of factors  combined to cause this increase.  The most significant
     were as follows:

     (i)  Approximately   $242,000  was   attributable   to  the  activities  of
          BNC--North   Dakota's   Financial  Services  division  which  recorded
          $370,000 from commission income on the sale of nondeposit investments,
          trust fee income,  tax  preparation  and other  activities  in 1997 as
          compared to $128,000 in  commission  income on the sale of  nondeposit
          investments in 1996.  Additional  increases in noninterest  income for
          this  division  are  expected  during 1998 due to the recent  business
          combination with Lips & Lahr. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial
          Statements included under Item 7.

     (ii) $79,000 was  attributable  to increased  income from automated  teller
          machines  ("ATMs").  The Company was  operating  more ATMs during 1997
          than in previous years.

     (iii)$72,000  represents a portion of the payment of $762,000 received from
          the  Company's  fidelity  bond  carrier.  See Item 3 of Part I, "Legal
          Proceedings" and "--Noninterest Expense."

     (iv) $49,000 was  attributable  to a gain on the sale of  farmland  held as
          other real estate owned.

          Items (iii) and (iv) could be considered to be nonrecurring in nature.

(d)  The  total  for  1995  included  a  $316,000  gain  on  the  sale  of  FMB.
     Additionally,   commission  income  on  sales  of  nondeposit   investments
     decreased  $135,000 in 1996 as compared to 1995  because of a reduction  in
     staffing in the nondeposit  investment  sales area during 1996. These items
     were  offset by smaller  increases  in other  miscellaneous  fee income and
     income derived from the consulting activities of BNC Financial (acquired in
     May 1996).


                                       17

<PAGE>



Noninterest  Expense.  The following table presents,  for the periods indicated,
the major categories of the Company's  noninterest expense as well as the amount
and percent of change between each of the periods presented. Related information
and material changes are discussed in lettered explanations below the table:

                               Noninterest Expense


                                                        Increase (Decrease)
                                                 -------------------------------
                           For the Years Ended 
                               December 31,        1997 - 1996     1996 - 1995
                         ----------------------- --------------- ---------------
                           1997    1996    1995     $       %       $      %
                         ------- ------- ------- ------ -------- ------ --------
                              (in thousands)
                                             
Salaries and employee 
   benefits............. $ 5,234 $ 4,311 $ 3,352 $  923   21%(a) $ 959    29%(a)
Depreciation and 
   amortization.........   1,217     980     619    237   24%(b)   361    58%(b)
Occupancy...............     888     675     413    213   32%(c)   262    63%(c)
Office supplies, 
   telephone and
   postage .............     575     505     521     70   14%(d)   (16)  (3)%
Professional services...     528     360     246    168   47%(e)   114    46%(f)
Marketing and promotion      356     352     424      4    1%      (72) (17)%(g)
FDIC and other 
   assessments..........     171     239     296    (68)(28)%(h)  (57)  (19)%(h)
Other...................     925     791     640    134   17%(i)   151    24%(i)
                          ------  ------  ------ -------         ------
Total noninterest 
   expense.............. $ 9,894 $ 8,213 $ 6,511 $1,681   20%   $ 1,702   26%
                          ====== ======= ======= ======         =======
Efficiency ratio (j)....  65.66%  68.75%  76.81%      (3.09)%         (8.06)%
- --------------------

(a)  Increases  in salaries and  employee  benefits  expense over the three year
     period are attributable primarily to growth in the number of employees. The
     Company's  average  full-time  equivalent  employees  was 124  for  1997 as
     compared  to  105  and 68  for  1996  and  1995,  respectively.  Additional
     increases in this category are expected for 1998 due to the recent business
     combination  with  Lips & Lahr.  See Note 2 to the  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements  included under Item 7 for a summary of mergers and acquisitions
     consummated  during the three year period ended  December  31, 1997.  As of
     March 16, 1998, the Company had 165 full-time equivalent employees.

(b)  Depreciation and amortization  expenses were as follows for the years ended
     December 31:


                                            1997      1996     1995
                                           -------  -------  --------
                                                 (in thousands)
                                               
Depreciation and amortization on premises, 
   leaseholdimprovements and equipment.... $   676  $   499   $   377
Amortization on deferred charges and 
   intangible assets......................     541      481       242
                                           -------  -------   -------
      Total............................... $ 1,217  $   980   $   619
                                           =======  =======   =======

     Increases over the three year period for both depreciation and amortization
     are  attributable to growth and  acquisitions.  Total  premises,  leasehold
     improvements and equipment being depreciated/amortized were $10.7, $8.3 and
     $7.0 million as of December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Total
     deferred charges and intangible assets being amortized were $5.8, $5.1, and
     $4.4  million,  respectively,  as of  the  same  dates.  See  Note 2 to the
     Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included under Item 7 for a summary of
     mergers and  acquisitions  consummated  during the three year period  ended
     December 31, 1997.

(c)  Increases in occupancy expenses are also  growth-related.  During 1997, the
     Company  operated 12 facilities for the full year (and one additional for a
     portion  of the  year)  as  compared  to ten for the  full  year  (and  two
     additional  for a portion  of the year) in 1996 and three for the full year
     (and eight additional for a portion of the year) in 1995. As of March 1998,
     the Company is operating 15 facilities.

(d)  Increases in office supplies,  telephone and postage are growth-related and
     can be expected to  increase in future  periods due to the recent  business
     combination  with  Lips & Lahr.  See Note 2 to the  Consolidated  Financial
     Statements included under Item 7.

(e)  This  increase  was  mainly   attributable  to  increased  legal  fees  and
     repossession  and  collection   expenses  incurred  by  BNC--North  Dakota.
     Approximately  $139,000  in legal  fees  and  repossession  and  collection
     expenses incurred during 1997 were directly related to proceedings  against
     the loan officer dismissed during 1997 and resolution of related loans. See
     (i) below  and Item 3 of Part I,  "Legal  Proceedings."  The  Company  also
     incurred  smaller  additional  increases  in other  items in this  category
     including software support fees and other consulting fees.


                                       18

<PAGE>



(f)  Increase was attributable to increased legal fees and increased audit fees.

(g)  Increase  was mainly  attributable  to ad  campaigns  relating  to the 1995
     branch  acquisition  and the  merger of  BNCCORP's  two  subsidiary  banks,
     Bismarck  National Bank and First  National Bank of Linton (and the related
     name change of the surviving  bank, BNC National  Bank).  See Note 2 to the
     Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 7.

(h)  The  reduction  in 1996 (as  compared  to 1995) was  caused  by the  FDIC's
     reduction in premium rates on SAIF deposits to 0 basis points and a deposit
     insurance refund paid to SAIF-insured  banks upon  recapitalization  of the
     SAIF  to 1.25  percent  of  insured  deposits.  The  deposits  acquired  by
     BNC--North Dakota in the 1995 branch acquisition are SAIF-insured deposits.
     See Note 2 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements included under Item 7.
     The reduction in this category for 1997 was expected  because the Banks are
     currently being assessed only for interest payable on FICO bonds.

(i)  This category of expenses includes  directors fees,  blanket bond and other
     insurance  expense,   education  and  development  expense,   correspondent
     charges,  travel,  dues,  conventions  and  other  miscellaneous  expenses.
     Increases in each of the two years are primarily growth-related and involve
     many  of the  categories  in  this  classification,  however,  none  of the
     increases in any individual  item was of a material  nature.  Approximately
     $22,000 of  expenses in this  category  for 1997 were  directly  related to
     resolution of matters  involving the loan officer dismissed during 1997. In
     total, the Company incurred  approximately  $161,000 in expenses related to
     this matter  ($124,000  legal,  $15,000  repossession  and  collection  and
     $22,000 other miscellaneous expenses). See (e) above.

(j)  Noninterest  expense divided by an amount equal to net interest income plus
     noninterest income.

Year 2000 Issue. As with other entities in the financial services industry,  the
Company recognizes the critical importance of its computer program  applications
and operating  systems in conducting  business,  and is taking steps to mitigate
any  potential  disruption  as a result of Year 2000  Issues.  The  Company  has
developed  a year 2000 plan and  expects to have the  awareness  and  assessment
phases  completed by March 31, 1998, with renovation  occurring the remainder of
1998.  Validation is currently underway and will continue rigorously through the
year 2000, with specific compliance  benchmarks/targets achieved by December 31,
1998. A separate testing/training facility will be completed by May 31, 1998 and
will be  utilized  extensively  for  validation  purposes.  The  Company is also
communicating with vendors,  regulatory  agencies and peers in coordinating year
2000 conversion efforts.

The Company has not incurred  significant costs prior to December 31, 1997 other
than internal  costs to begin  evaluation of the extent of year 2000  compliance
issues and  developing a  remediation  plan.  Total year 2000 project  costs are
estimated to be $200,000 to $400,000 and are expected to be incurred  during the
period beginning  January 1, 1998 and continuing into the year 2000.  Applicable
costs will be expensed as incurred,  unless new software is purchased which will
be capitalized.

The costs of the year 2000  project and the date on which the  Company  plans to
complete  year 2000  phases and  modifications  are based on  management's  best
estimates,  which were derived utilizing  numerous  assumptions of future events
including  the  continued   availability  of  certain  resources,   third  party
modification  plans and other factors.  However,  there can be no guarantee that
these estimates will be achieved and actual results could differ materially from
those plans.

Income Taxes.  The following  table  presents,  for the periods  indicated,  the
Company's income before income taxes, applicable income taxes, and effective tax
rates:


                                         For the Years Ended December 31,
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                      1997             1996             1995
                                   -----------      -----------     ------------
                                                       (in thousands)
Income before income taxes........ $     2,556      $     2,994     $      1,798
Applicable income taxes...........       1,044            1,147              641
Effective tax rates................      40.8%            38.3%            35.7%

Tax expense for 1997 includes  more expense  related to taxable  income  derived
from BNC--Minnesota.  BNC--Minnesota is subject to higher state tax rates and is
disallowed the state deduction for federal taxes.

The tax  expense for 1995  included a more  significant  benefit for  tax-exempt
income.

                                       19

<PAGE>



Financial Condition

Investment Securities. BNC's investment policy is designed to enhance net income
and return on equity through prudent  management of risk,  ensure  liquidity for
cash-flow  requirements,  help manage interest rate risk,  ensure  collateral is
available for public deposits,  advances and repurchase  agreements,  and manage
asset  diversification.  In managing the  portfolio and the  composition  of the
entire balance  sheet,  the Company seeks a balance among  earnings,  credit and
liquidity  considerations,  with a goal of maximizing  the  longer-term  overall
profitability of the Company.

Investments are centrally managed in order to maximize  compliance (federal laws
and  regulations  place  certain  restrictions  on  the  amounts  and  types  of
investments BNC may hold) and  effectiveness  of overall  investing  activities.
BNC's liquidity is monitored and managed and the maturity dates of the Company's
investments are structured to maintain  necessary  liquidity.  See "--Liquidity,
Market and Credit Risk--Liquidity Risk Management." However, the primary goal of
BNC's  investment  policy is to maintain  an  appropriate  relationship  between
assets and liabilities while maximizing interest rate spreads.  Accordingly, BNC
monitors the  sensitivity  of its assets and  liabilities to changes in interest
rates  and  maturities  and  directs  the  Company's  overall   acquisition  and
allocation of funds. See  "--Liquidity,  Market and Credit  Risk--Interest  Rate
Risk Management."

The following  table presents the  composition  of the  investment  portfolio by
major category as of the dates indicated:

                        Investment Portfolio Composition


                                                 December 31,
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                                  1997              1996              1995
                           ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                    Estimated         Estimated        Estimated
                                      Fair             Fair             Fair 
                          Amortized  Market Amortized Market  Amortized Market
                             Cost    Value    Cost    Value     Cost    Value
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                                               (in thousands)       
Available for Sale:
U.S. Treasury securities...$ 12,489 $ 12,532 $ 13,814 $ 13,856 $ 25,041 $ 25,101
U.S. government agency
   mortgage-backed 
   securities..............  32,136   32,236    9,555    9,559    4,798    4,843
U.S. government agencies 
   securities..............  20,039   20,006    3,633    3,642    7,513    7,520
Collateralized mortgage 
   obligations.............  21,291   21,325   23,898   23,855   44,800   44,803
State and municipal bonds..   1,166    1,289      759      800    1,162    1,264
Equity securities..........   7,236    7,236    7,773    7,779   10,882   10,885
                            -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------
Total investments..........$ 94,357 $ 94,624 $ 59,432 $ 59,491 $ 94,196  $94,416
                            ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== =======


                                       20

<PAGE>



The following  table presents  maturities for all securities  available for sale
(other than equity  securities)  and yields for all  securities in the Company's
investment portfolio at December 31, 1997:

                                 Investment Portfolio -- Maturity and Yields
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Maturing
                                           After 1 but     After 5 but
                           Within 1 year  within 5 years  within 10 years  After 10 years          Total
                           -------------- --------------  ---------------  ----------------  --------------------
                           Amount  Yield(1)Amount Yield(1)Amount  Yield(1) Amount   Yield(1) Amount   Yield(1)
                           ------  ------ ------- ------  ------  ------   -------  -------  -------  ------
Available for Sale: (2)                              (dollars in thousands)
<S>                        <C>      <C>   <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>    <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>  
U.S. Treasury securities...$2,502   6.12% $ 9,987  5.88%  $ --      -- %  $  --       -- %  $12,489   5.93%
U.S. government agency
  mortgage-backed
  securities (3)........... 1,056   6.45%   2,500  6.84%   5,543   6.45%   23,037    7.18%   32,136   7.00%
U.S. government agencies
  securities...............10,429   5.48%   9,610  6.77%      --    -- %       --     -- %   20,039   6.10%
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations (3)..........    --    -- %   1,258  5.70%   5,456   6.11%   14,577    6.42%   21,291   6.30%
State and municipal bonds..    45   7.05%     145  8.43%     628  11.52%      348    5.46%    1,166   9.15%
                           ------  ------ ------- ------  ------  ------  -------  -------  -------  ------
  Total book value of
    investment securities $14,032  5.67%  $23,500  6.35% $11,627  6.56%   $37,962    6.87%  $87,121   6.50%
                           ====== ======  ======= ======  ======  ======  =======  =======  -------  ------
Unrealized holding gain on
  securities available for 
  sale....................                                                                      267
Equity securities..........                                                                 $ 7,236   6.89%
                                                                                            -------  ------
Total investment in securities
  available for sale and held to
    maturity..............                                                                  $94,624   6.51%(4)
                                                                                            =======  ======
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1)  Yields do not include  adjustments  for tax exempt  interest  because  such
     interest is not material;  yields also do not reflect changes in fair value
     that are reflected as a separate component of stockholders'  equity (except
     as noted in (4) below).

(2)  Based on amortized cost/book value.

(3)  Maturities  of  mortgage-backed   securities  and  collateralized  mortgage
     obligations are based on contractual maturities.

(4)  Yield  reflects  changes  in fair value  that are  reflected  as a separate
     component of stockholders' equity.

As of December 31, 1997,  BNC had $94.6 million of securities in the  investment
portfolio  as compared to $59.5 and $94.4  million for the years ended  December
31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. During 1997, the Company increased its holdings
in U.S. government agencies securities by $16.4 million. As part of its interest
rate risk  management  strategy,  the Company also  purchased  $18.8  million of
long-term  Government National Mortgage  Association  ("GNMA")  securities.  See
"--Liquidity,  Market  and  Credit  Risk--Interest  Rate Risk  Management."  The
decrease in investment  securities  in 1996 (as compared to 1995)  resulted from
the  transfer  of funds  from  investments  to loans as the  company  funded the
significant loan growth experienced during 1996. See "Results of Operations--Net
Interest Income" and "--Loan Portfolio." Investments accounted for 26, 21 and 39
percent of total assets as of December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

At December 31, 1997,  BNC held no securities of any single  issuer,  other than
the U.S. Treasury and U.S.  government  agencies  securities,  that exceeded ten
percent  of  stockholders'  equity.  A  significant  portion  of  the  Company's
investment securities portfolio  (approximately 85 percent at December 31, 1997)
is  pledged  as  collateral  for  public  deposits  and  borrowings,   including
borrowings with the FHLB.

Loan  Portfolio.  The Company's  primary source of income is interest  earned on
loans.  The Company's  loan  portfolio has grown  significantly  during the past
three  years as a result of BNC's  strategy  of  increasing  the  amount of high
quality loans  outstanding to increase net interest income.  Net loans increased
$30.7 million, or 15

                                       21

<PAGE>



percent, to $232.1 million at December 31, 1997 as compared to $201.4 million at
December 31, 1996. In 1996, net loans increased $81.8 million, or 68 percent, as
compared to December 31, 1995. The following  table presents the  composition of
the Company's loan portfolio as of the dates indicated:

                                             Loan Portfolio Composition
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        December 31,
                                     1997             1996              1995               1994                1993
                             ------------------ ---------------- ------------------ ------------------- ------------------
                              Amount       %     Amount     %      Amount     %       Amount       %      Amount      %
                             --------  -------- -------  -------  -------- -------- ---------  -------- --------- --------
                                                                     (dollars in thousands)
<S>                          <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      
Commercial and industrial(1) $111,429     48.0  $94,701     47.0   $41,639     34.8 $  39,218      35.9 $  23,011      27.8
Agricultural............       21,064      9.1   20,673     10.3    18,046     15.1    22,144      20.2    16,101      19.5
Real estate-mortgage....       56,875     24.5   47,451     23.6    36,606     30.6    32,805      30.0    31,655      38.2
Real estate-construction       18,215      7.8    8,806      4.4     5,884      4.9     3,992       3.6     4,462       5.4
Consumer................       18,726      8.0   18,734      9.3     9,960      8.3     9,331       8.5     4,937       6.0
Lease financing.........        9,211      4.0   12,970      6.4     8,660      7.2     3,076       2.8     3,324       4.0
                             -------- --------  -------  -------  -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------  --------
Total face amount of loans    235,520    101.4  203,335    101.0   120,795    100.9   110,566     101.0    83,490     100.9
Deferred loan fees and costs     (320)    (0.1)    (338)    (0.2)     (112)    (0.1)      (95)     (0.1)        --        --
                             -------- --------  -------  -------  -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------  --------
Loans...................      235,200    101.3  202,997    100.8   120,683    100.8   110,471     100.9    83,490     100.9
Less allowance for loan 
   losses...............       (3,069)    (1.3)  (1,594)    (0.8)   (1,048)    (0.8)   (1,021)     (0.9)     (713)     (0.9)
                             -------- --------  -------  -------  -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------  --------
Net loans...............     $232,131    100.0  $201,403   100.0  $119,635    100.0 $109,450      100.0 $ 82,777     100.00
                             ======== ========  =======  =======  ======== ======== ========= ========= =========  ========
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1) The commercial  and  industrial  loan category  includes  asset-based  loans
    totaling $15.1 and $5.6 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated,  the amount and percent
of change in each category of loans in the Company's  loan  portfolio.  Material
changes are discussed in lettered explanations below the table:


                      Change in Loan Portfolio Composition

                                               Increase (Decrease)
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                                      1997 - 1996             1996 - 1995
                                 --------------------   -----------------------
                                     $          %            $           %
                                 --------- ----------   ----------  -----------
                                              (dollars in thousands)
                                                        
Commercial and industrial........$ 16,728     18% (a)   $  53,062      127% (a)
Agricultural.....................     391      2%           2,627       15%
Real estate--mortgage............   9,424     20% (b)      10,845       30% (b)
Real estate--construction........   9,409    107% (c)       2,922       50%
Consumer.........................      (8)     0%           8,774       88% (d)
Lease financing..................  (3,759)  (29)%           4,310       50%
                                  -------               ---------
Total face amount of loans.......  32,185     16%          82,540       68%
Deferred loan fees and costs.....      18      5%            (226)   (202)%
                                  -------               ---------
Loans............................  32,203     16%          82,314       68%
Allowance for loan losses........  (1,475)  (93)%            (546)    (52)%
                                  -------               ---------
Net Loans........................ $30,728     15%       $  81,768       68%
                                  =======               =========

- --------------------

                                       22

<PAGE>



(a) Commercial and industrial - Increases are  attributable  to commercial  loan
    volume  generated  out of both the North Dakota and  Minnesota  market areas
    during 1996 and primarily the Minnesota market area during 1997.

(b) Real  estate--mortgage - Increases are attributable to loan volume generated
    out of both the North  Dakota and  Minnesota  market  areas  during 1996 and
    primarily the North Dakota market area during 1997.

(c) Real   estate--construction   -  Increase  is   attributable   primarily  to
    construction  loan volume  generated out of the Minnesota market area during
    1997.

(d) Consumer - Increase is attributable to consumer loan volume generated out of
    both the North Dakota and Minnesota market areas during 1996.

While prospects for continued loan growth appear favorable,  particularly in the
Minnesota  market,  management  cannot  predict with any degree of certainty the
Company's future loan growth potential.

Credit Policy and Approval Procedures.  BNC follows a uniform credit policy that
sets forth  underwriting  and loan  administration  criteria.  The loan  policy,
including  lending  guidelines  for the various  types of credit  offered by the
Company,  is  established by the Board of Directors (the "Board") based upon the
recommendations  of senior lending management and the executive credit committee
(comprised  of  BNCCORP's  President,   Executive  Vice  President  for  Banking
Operations,  Chief Credit Officer,  and/or other officers as deemed  appropriate
(the "Loan Committee")). The loan policy is reviewed and reaffirmed by the Board
at least  annually.  Underwriting  criteria are based upon the risks  associated
with each type of credit offered, the related borrowers and types of collateral.

The Company delegates lending decision  authority among various lending officers
and the Loan Committee based on the size of the customer's  credit  relationship
with BNC. The following table summarizes the current levels of lending authority
at each of the Banks and BNC Financial:

                            Lending Authority Limits


                                       BNC--North
                                         Dakota     BNC--Minnesota BNC Financial
                                       ----------   -------------  -------------
                                                     (in thousands)
                                                                
Individual officers (maximums)........ $      100     $       300             --
Senior lenders........................        500             500     $      750
Combination of two senior lenders.....      1,000              --             --
BNCCORP's Executive Vice President
  for Banking Operations..............         --           1,000             --
BNCCORP's Chief Credit Officer........      2,000           2,000          1,000
BNC Financial's internal loan
       committee......................         --              --          1,500
Executive Loan Committee (approves
  credits exceeding)..................      2,000           2,000          1,500

All loans and  commitments in excess of $300,000 are presented to the Board on a
monthly basis for summary review. Any exceptions to loan policies and guidelines
are subject to special approval by bank executive lenders or the Loan Committee.


                                       23

<PAGE>



Loan  Participations.  Pursuant to BNC's lending policy, loans may not exceed 85
percent of bank legal lending  limits  (except to the extent  collateralized  by
U.S. Treasury  securities or bank deposits and,  accordingly,  excluded from the
bank's legal lending  limit).  To accommodate  customers  whose  financing needs
exceed  lending  limits and internal  loan  restrictions  relating  primarily to
industry   concentration,   the  Banks  sell  loan   participations  to  outside
participants  without recourse.  Loan participations sold on a nonrecourse basis
to outside financial institutions were as follows as of the dates indicated:


                            Loan Participations Sold

                                                  December 31,
                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                1997       1996       1995      1994      1993
                             ---------  ---------  --------- --------- ---------
                                                 (in thousands)
                                
BNC--North Dakota........... $  55,500  $  54,100  $  35,000 $  23,400 $  10,600
BNC--Minnesota..............    10,300      3,200         --        --        --
                             ---------  ---------  --------- --------- ---------
  Total....................  $  65,800  $  57,300  $  35,000 $  23,400 $  10,600
                             =========  =========  ========= ========= =========

The Banks  generally  retain the right to service the loans as well as the right
to receive a portion of the interest  income on the loans.  The vast majority of
the loans sold by the Banks are  commercial  lines of credit for which  balances
and related payment streams cannot be reasonably estimated in order to determine
the fair value of the servicing rights and/or future interest income retained by
the Banks. See Note 1 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included under
Item 7. Management cannot reliably predict BNC's ability to continue to generate
or sell loan participations or the terms of any such sales.

Concentrations   of   Credit.    The   Company's   credit   policies   emphasize
diversification  of risk among industries,  geographic areas and borrowers.  For
purposes of the  analysis of  concentrations  of credit as of December 31, 1997,
total  outstanding  loans  as  well as all  outstanding  loan  commitments  were
included.  As of December 31, 1997, the Company  identified one concentration of
loans  exceeding  ten percent of total loans and loan  commitments  outstanding.
This concentration was in the construction industry and represented 15.7 percent
of total loans and loan commitments  outstanding.  Loans and commitments in this
category were  extended to 109 customers who are located in Minnesota,  Iowa and
North and South Dakota and who can be generally categorized as indicated below:


                                                               Percent of total
                                                                   outstanding
                                               Number of         loans and loan
                                               Customers          commitments
                                            ---------------     ----------------
General building contractors...............              52                 8.2%
Heavy construction, excluding building.....              21                 5.1%
Special trade contractors..................              36                 2.4%
                                            ---------------     ----------------
     Total.................................             109                15.7%
                                            ===============     ================

The  contractors are involved in various  aspects of the  construction  industry
including  highway  and street  construction,  water/sewer  drilling,  plumbing,
heating and air  conditioning,  commercial  painting,  electrical,  concrete and
excavating and foundation  contractors.  Loans in this category are secured,  in
many cases, by construction equipment.

The Company  continually  monitors  industry and other credit  concentrations as
part of its  credit  risk  management  strategies.  In cases  where  significant
concentrations  exist without  sufficient  diversification  and other mitigating
factors,  BNC  generally  sells  loans  without  recourse  to outside  financial
institutions. See "--Loan Participations."

                                       24

<PAGE>



Loan  Maturities.  The following  table sets forth the  remaining  maturities of
loans in each major category of BNC's portfolio as of December 31, 1997.  Actual
maturities may differ from the contractual maturities shown below as a result of
renewals and prepayments.  Loan renewals are evaluated in the same manner as new
credit applications:
                             Maturities of Loans (1)


                                                Over 1 Year
                                              Through 5 years     Over 5 Years
                                             ----------------  -----------------
                           Less than Fixed   Floating  Fixed   Floating
                           one year   Rate     Rate     Rate     Rate     Total
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                                               (in thousands)
Commercial and industrial. $ 47,648 $ 15,927 $ 43,114 $  1,717 $  3,023 $111,429
Agricultural...............  10,772    2,323    2,158    1,467    4,344   21,064
Real estate-mortgage.......   5,708    6,792    8,466   13,348   22,561   56,875
Real estate-construction...   7,005      147    1,782    2,443    6,838   18,215
Consumer...................  10,204    6,940      964      609        9   18,726
Lease financing............   2,618    6,538       --       55       --    9,211
                           -------- -------- -------- -------  -------- --------
Total face amount of loans.$ 83,955 $ 38,667 $ 56,484 $ 19,639 $ 36,775 $235,520
                           ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
- --------------------

(1) Maturities  are based  upon  contractual  maturities.  Floating  rate  loans
    include loans that would reprice prior to maturity if base rates change. See
    "--Liquidity,  Market and Credit  Risk--Interest  Rate Risk Management " for
    further discussion regarding repricing of loans and other assets.

Nonperforming  Loans and Assets.  BNC's lending  personnel are  responsible  for
continuous monitoring of the quality of the loan portfolio. Officer compensation
depends,  to a substantial  extent, on maintaining loan quality and dealing with
credit issues in a timely and proactive manner.  Lenders are not compensated for
growth at the expense of credit  quality.  Loan  officers  are  responsible  for
ongoing and regular review of past due loans in their respective portfolios. The
loan  portfolio is also  monitored  regularly and examined by the Company's loan
review  personnel.  Loans  demonstrating  weaknesses  are downgraded in a timely
fashion and the Board  receives a listing of all such loans on a monthly  basis.
The Company  also has an annual  independent  credit  review  which tests credit
quality,  compliance  with loan  policy  and  documentation  for all loans  over
$100,000 and a sampling of smaller loans.



                                       25

<PAGE>



The  following  table sets  forth,  as of the dates  indicated,  the  amounts of
nonperforming  loans and other assets, the allowance for loan losses and certain
related ratios:

                              Nonperforming Assets


                                                     December 31,
                                       1997      1996    1995     1994     1993
                                      -------  -------- -------  ------- -------
                                                 (dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming loans:
    Loans 90 days or more delinquent 
       and still accruing interest....$ 1,016  $   129  $   290  $    39 $    87
    Nonaccrual loans (1) (2)..........    376       22       71      248   1,338
    Restructured loans (1) (2)........    104      136      119      257     188
                                      -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
       Total nonperforming loans......  1,496      287      480      544   1,613
Real estate acquired by foreclosure...     --      159       --      100     193
                                      -------  -------  -------  -------  ------
    Total nonperforming assets........$ 1,496  $   446  $   480  $   644 $ 1,806
                                      =======  =======  =======  ======= =======
Allowance for loan losses.............$ 3,069  $ 1,594  $ 1,048  $ 1,021 $   713
                                      =======  =======  =======  ======= =======
Ratio of total nonperforming 
   loans to total loans...............   .64%     .14%     .40%     .49%   1.93%
Ratio of total nonperforming 
   assets to total assets.............   .42%     .15%     .20%     .44%   1.47%
- --------------------

(1) If the  Company's  nonaccrual  and  restructured  loans had been  current in
    accordance with their original terms,  additional interest income would have
    been  recognized  into  earnings in the amount of $30,000 for the year ended
    December 31, 1997.

(2) The interest income on nonaccrual and restructured  loans actually  included
    in the  Company's  net income was  $26,000 for the year ended  December  31,
    1997.

The  increases  in the  Company's  nonperforming  loans at December 31, 1997 are
largely  attributable  to the lending  activities of the loan officer  dismissed
during 1997. See Item 3 of Part I, "Legal Proceedings."

Loans 90 days or more delinquent and still accruing  interest include loans over
90 days past due which management  believes,  based on its specific  analysis of
the loan, do not present doubt about the collection of interest and principal in
accordance  with the loan contract.  Loans in this category must be well-secured
and in the  process of  collection.  These  loans are  monitored  closely by BNC
lending and management personnel.

Nonaccrual  loans  include  loans on which  the  accrual  of  interest  has been
discontinued.  Accrual of interest is  discontinued  when  management  believes,
after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts,  that
the  borrower's  financial  condition is such that the collection of interest is
doubtful.  A delinquent  loan is generally  placed on nonaccrual  status when it
becomes  90 days or more past due unless  the loan is well-  secured  and in the
process of collection.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status,  accrued but
uncollected  interest  income  applicable  to the  current  reporting  period is
reversed against interest income of the current period.  Accrued but uncollected
interest income applicable to previous  reporting periods is charged against the
allowance for loan losses as BNC provides for a reserve for accrued interest. No
additional  interest is accrued on the loan balance until the collection of both
principal  and  interest  becomes  reasonably  certain.  When a problem  loan is
finally resolved,  there may ultimately be an actual write down or charge-off of
the principal  balance of the loan which may necessitate  additional  charges to
earnings.

Restructured loans are those for which concessions, including a reduction of the
interest rate or the deferral of interest or principal, have been granted due to
the borrower's weakened financial  condition.  Interest on restructured loans is
accrued at the  restructured  rates when it is  anticipated  that no loss of its
original principal will occur.


                                       26

<PAGE>



Other real estate owned represents  properties  acquired through, or in lieu of,
loan  foreclosure.  Such  properties are included in other assets in the balance
sheets.  They are  initially  recorded at fair value at the date of  acquisition
establishing  a new  cost  basis.  Write-downs  to  fair  value  at the  time of
acquisition  are charged to the  allowance for loan losses.  After  foreclosure,
valuations  are  periodically  performed  by  management  and the real estate is
carried  at the  lower of  carrying  amount  or fair  value  less  cost to sell.
Write-downs,  revenues and  expenses  incurred  subsequent  to  foreclosure  are
charged to operations as  recognized / incurred.  There were no such  properties
held at  December  31,  1997 or  1995.  At  December  31,  1996,  the  Company's
investment in such  properties was $159,000.  That property was sold during 1997
and  resulted in a gain of  $49,000.  See  "Results  of  Operations--Noninterest
Income."

Potential  Problem Loans. In accordance with accounting  standards,  the Company
identifies loans considered impaired and the valuation allowance attributable to
these  loans.  Impaired  loans  generally  include  loans  on  which  management
believes,  based on current  information  and events,  it is  probable  that the
Company will not be able to collect all amounts due in accordance with the terms
of the loan agreement and which are analyzed for a specific  reserve  allowance.
BNC generally  considers all loans  risk-graded 6 (Substandard) and 7 (Doubtful)
as well as nonaccrual  and  restructured  loans as impaired.  Impaired  loans at
December 31, 1997, not including the past due, nonaccrual and restructured loans
reported above,  totaled $11.2 million. A significant portion of these loans are
not in default but may have  characteristics  such as recent  adverse  operating
cash flows or general risk  characteristics  that the loan  officer  feels might
jeopardize the future timely collection of principal and interest payments.  The
ultimate  resolution  of  these  credits  is  subject  to  changes  in  economic
conditions and other factors.  These loans are closely  monitored to ensure that
the Company's position as creditor is protected to the fullest extent possible.

Customer Year 2000 Issues.  The Company is aware that it could expect  increases
in  problem  loans  and  credit  losses  in  future  years  if  some  borrowers,
particularly  businesses,  fail to bring their computer  systems into compliance
with year 2000 requirements.  See "Description of Business--The Year 2000 Issue"
included  under  Item 1 of  Part I.  BNC has  communicated  with  its  customers
regarding the importance of the Year 2000 Issue. The Company is also including a
year 2000 assessment as part of its credit granting and renewal  procedures.  At
the present time, however,  the Company cannot reasonably  establish whether its
customers  will be ready and, as a result,  cannot  rule out a material  adverse
impact on the Company.

Allowance for Loan Losses.  An allowance for loan losses has been established to
provide for those loans which may not be repaid in their entirety. It represents
management's  recognition of the risks of extending credit and its evaluation of
the quality of the loan  portfolio.  Loan losses are primarily  created from the
loan  portfolio,  but  may  also  be  generated  from  other  sources,  such  as
commitments to extend credit,  guarantees,  and standby  letters of credit.  The
allowance  for loan losses is  increased  by  provisions  charged to expense and
decreased   by    charge-offs,    net   of    recoveries.    See   "Results   of
Operations--Provision  for  Loan  Losses."  Although  a loan is  charged-off  by
management when deemed  uncollectible,  collection  efforts  continue and future
recoveries may occur.

The  allowance  is  maintained  at a level  considered  adequate  to provide for
anticipated  loan  losses  based  on  past  loss  experience,  general  economic
conditions,  information  about specific  borrower  situations  including  their
financial position, collateral values, and other factors and estimates which are
subject  to  change  over  time.  Customer  readiness  for the  year  2000 is an
additional  consideration  in the  analysis  of the  adequacy  of the  Company's
allowance for loan losses.  See  "--Customer  Year 2000 Issues."  Estimating the
risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan is  subjective  and ultimate  losses
may vary from current estimates.  These estimates are reviewed periodically and,
as  adjustments  become  necessary,  they are  reported  in income  through  the
provision  for loan  losses in the  periods  in which  they  become  known.  The
adequacy  of the  allowance  for loan  losses is  monitored  by  management  and
reported to the Company's Board. Although management believes that the allowance
for loan  losses is  adequate  to absorb any losses on  existing  loans that may
become  uncollectible,  there can be no assurance  that the allowance will prove
sufficient  to cover  actual  loan losses in the future.  In  addition,  various
regulatory  agencies,   as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination  process,
periodically review the

                                       27

<PAGE>



adequacy of the Company's  allowance for loan losses.  Such agencies may require
BNC to make  additional  provisions to the allowance  based upon their judgments
about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The  following  table  summarizes,  for the periods  indicated,  activity in the
allowance for loan losses,  including amounts of loans  charged-off,  amounts of
recoveries,  additions to the allowance charged to operating expense,  the ratio
of net  charge-offs to average total loans,  the ratio of the allowance to total
loans at the end of each period, and the ratio of the allowance to nonperforming
loans:

                      Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses


                                           For the Years ended December 31,
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                      1997     1996      1995     1994     1993
                                    -------- --------  -------- -------- -------
                                                (dollars in thousands)   
Balance of allowance for loan losses
 at beginning period of.............$  1,594 $  1,048  $  1,021  $   713 $1,088
                                    -------- --------  --------  ------- -------
Charge-offs:
    Commercial and industrial.......   1,319      104       114       22    641
    Agricultural....................      --       22       130       --     --
    Real estate-mortgage............      24       --        --       --     --
    Real estate-construction........      --       --        --       --     --
    Consumer........................     107        6         4        1     17
    Lease financing.................     471      218        --       --     --
                                    --------  -------  --------  ------- -------
       Total charge-offs............   1,921      350       248       23    658
                                    --------  -------  --------  ------- -------
Recoveries:
    Commercial and industrial.......     744        5       116      147    192
    Agricultural....................      --      146        84       --     --
    Real estate-mortgage............       9        6         3       --     --
    Real estate-construction........      --       --        --       --     --
    Consumer........................      24       --         4        5      2
    Lease financing.................      --       --        --       --     --
                                    --------  -------  --------  ------- -------
       Total recoveries.............     777      157       207      152    194
                                    --------  -------  --------  ------- -------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries........  (1,144)    (193)      (41)     129   (464)
Provision for loan losses charged 
   to operations....................   2,619      739       168      179     89
Allowance attributable to FMB.......      --       --      (100)(a)   --     --
                                    --------  -------  ---------  -------  -----
Balance of allowance for loan 
   losses at end of period......... $  3,069 $  1,594 $  1,048  $   1,021 $  713
                                    ========  =======  =======   ========  =====
Ratio of net (charge-offs) 
   recoveries to average
   loans...........................   (.51%)   (.11%)    (.03%)      .13% (.62%)
                                    ========  =======  ========  ======== ======
Average gross loans 
   outstanding during the
   period.......................... $223,486 $ 171,780 $117,773  $98,749 $75,171
                                    ======== ========= ========  ======== ======
Ratio of allowance for loan 
   losses to total loans...........    1.30%      .78%     .87%      .92%   .85%
                                    ======== ========= ========  ======== ======
Ratio of allowance for loan 
   losses to nonperforming
   loans...........................   205.00%  555.00%  218.00%   188.00% 44.00%
                                    ======== ========= ========  ======== ======
- --------------------

(a) In  connection  with  the  sale  of FMB in  October  1995,  $100,000  of the
    Company's  allowance for loan and lease losses,  together with approximately
    $9.2 million of loans  originated by FMB, was transferred to Community First
    Bankshares, Inc.

The  increases  in the  Company's  provision  for loan losses,  charge-offs  and
recoveries  for the year ended December 31, 1997 are primarily  attributable  to
the activities of the loan officer  dismissed during 1997. See Item 3 of Part I,
"Legal   Proceedings."  A  special  $1.9  million  provision  for  loan  losses,
approximately  $1.7 million in loan  charge-offs and a recovery of approximately
$690,000  included  in the 1997 data above  relate  exclusively  to the  lending
activities of the dismissed officer.



                                       28

<PAGE>



Management  regards the allowance for loan losses as a general  reserve which is
available to absorb  losses from all loans.  However,  for purposes of complying
with  disclosure  requirements  of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  the
table below presents, for the periods indicated,  an allocation of the allowance
for loan losses among the various loan  categories and sets forth the percentage
of loans in each  category to gross loans.  The  allocation of the allowance for
loan losses as shown in the table should neither be interpreted as an indication
of future  charge-offs,  nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods
will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

                                                                        December 31,
                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                1997                  1996                 1995                   1994                  1993
                       -------------------- ---------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------
                                 Loans in              Loans in             Loans in                Loans in             Loans in
                                category as            category as          category as            category as           category as
                                     a                     a                     a                    a                       a
                         Amount  percentage    Amount  percentage    Amount  percentage   Amount   percentage   Amount   percentage
                           of    of total        of     of total       of     of total      of      of total      of      of total
                       allowance gross loans allowance gross loans allowance gross loans allowance gross loans allowance gross loans
                        -------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------- ----------- --------- -----------
                                                        (dollars in thousands)

<S>                     <C>      <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Commercial and industrial$ 1,078       47%   $    721        47%   $   355         31%    $    265       35%    $     96       28%
Agricultural......           139        9%        176        10%       318         15%         395       20%         357       19%
Real estate-mortgage         444       24%        306        24%       213         30%         267       30%         169       38%
Real estate-construction     311        8%         57         4%        41          5%          24        4%          33        5%
Consumer..........           174        8%         97         9%        58          8%          52        8%          30        6%
Leasing...........           136        4%         63         6%        41          4%          --        --          --        --
Unallocated.......           787        0%        174         0%        22          7%          18        3%          28        4%
                        -------- ---------   --------  ---------  --------   ---------    --------  --------    -------- ---------
Total.............      $  3,069      100%   $  1,594       100%  $  1,048        100%    $  1,021      100%    $    713      100%
                        ======== =========   ========  =========  ========   =========    ========  ========    ======== =========
</TABLE>

Deposits.  BNC's core  deposits  consist of  noninterest-  and  interest-bearing
demand  deposits,  savings  deposits,  certificates  of deposit under  $100,000,
certain  certificates  of deposit of $100,000 and over and public  funds.  These
deposits, along with other borrowed funds are used by the Company to support its
asset base. See "--Borrowed Funds."



                                       29

<PAGE>



The following table sets forth, for the periods  indicated,  the distribution of
BNC's average deposit  account  balances and average cost of funds rates on each
category of deposits.  See "Results of  Operations--Net  Interest Income" for an
explanation of changes in deposit volume and costs during the periods presented:

                                        Average Deposits and Deposit Costs
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            For the Years Ended December 31,
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1997                             1996                             1995
                            -------------------------------   -----------------------------   -------------------------------
                                        Percent     Wgtd.                Percent    Wgtd.                 Percent     Wgtd.
                             Average      of         Avg.      Average      of       Avg.      Average       of        Avg.
                             Balance   Deposits      Rate      Balance   Deposits    Rate      Balance    Deposits     Rate
                            ---------  ---------   --------   ---------  --------  --------   ----------  --------   --------
                                                                 (dollars in thousands)

<S>                        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>         <C>
Interest-bearing demand 
   deposits...............   $50,582     20.36%      3.12%   $  38,920    18.29%     2.58%   $   38,941    23.01%      3.05%
Savings deposits...........    8,904      3.58%      2.31%       8,498     3.99%     2.31%        7,598     4.49%      2.86%
Time deposits ("CDs"):
CDs under $100,000  .......  127,092     51.14%      5.59%     124,682    58.61%     5.66%       93,983    55.53%      5.81%
CDs $100,000 and over......   41,581     16.73%      5.74%      25,499    11.99%     5.82%       15,486     9.15%      6.08%
                           ---------  ---------              ---------  --------             ----------  --------
Total time deposits........  168,673     67.87%      5.63%     150,181    70.60%     5.69%      109,469    64.68%      5.84%
                           ---------  ---------              ---------  --------             ----------  --------
Total interest-bearing 
   deposit.................  228,159     91.81%      4.95%     197,599    92.88%     4.93%      156,008    92.18%      5.00%
Noninterest-bearing demand
   deposits................   20,357      8.19%         --      15,147     7.12%        --       13,233     7.82%         --
                           ---------  ---------              ---------  --------             ----------  --------
Total deposits.............$ 248,516     100.0%      4.54%   $ 212,746    100.0%     4.58%   $  169,241    100.0%      4.61%
                           =========  =========              =========  ========             ==========  ========
</TABLE>

In recent years, earning asset growth has outpaced core deposit growth resulting
in the use of  brokered  and out of market  certificates  of  deposit  and other
borrowed  funds.  See  "--Borrowed  Funds."  This  trend has been  common in the
banking  industry because of the  proliferation of non-bank  competitors and the
multitude of financial and  investment  products  available to customers.  As of
December 31, 1997, BNC held a total of $7.5 million of brokered  certificates of
deposit.  Under  current FDIC  regulations,  only "well  capitalized"  financial
institutions  may fund themselves with brokered  deposits without prior approval
of regulators.  BNC--North Dakota and BNC--Minnesota  were both well capitalized
at December  31,  1997.  See Note 10 to the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
included under Item 7.

Time  deposits in  denominations  of $100,000 and more totaled  $36.3 million at
December  31, 1997 as compared to $39.7 and $16.6  million at December  31, 1996
and 1995, respectively. The following table sets forth the amount and maturities
of time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 1997:

                                 Time Deposits of $100,000 and Over
                                           (in thousands)

Maturing in:
3 months or less...........................$     17,720
Over 3 months through 6 months.............       5,687
Over 6 months through 12 months............       6,837
Over 12 months.............................       6,090
                                           ------------
    Total..................................$     36,334
                                           ============

From time to time the company may use off-balance-sheet instruments, principally
interest rate swaps, to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of on-balance-sheet
items, including deposits.  During 1997, the Company purchased two such swaps to
adjust the interest rate  sensitivity of $10 million of two year fixed rate time
deposits. The terms of the contracts were as follows:


                                       30

<PAGE>



                               Interest Rate Swaps

                                                   Variable
 Notional                         Fixed-Rate       Rate Paid          Variable
 Amount      Term    Maturity     Received     (as of 9/30/97) (1)   Rate Index
- ---------- ------- ------------ -------------- ------------------- -------------
$5 million 2 years   3/10/99        6.25%             5.72%        3-Month Libor
$5 million 2 years   4/28/99        6.95%             5.72%        3-Month Libor
- --------------------

(1) The swaps were sold in October and November 1997. Gains recognized upon sale
    of the swaps are being amortized as a reduction of interest expense over the
    remaining lives of the original swap contracts. See "--Liquidity, Market and
    Credit  Risk--Interest  Rate Risk Management" and Note 1 to the Consolidated
    Financial  Statements  included under Item 7 for further discussion relating
    to the use of  interest  rate swaps and the  Company's  accounting  policies
    relating to such instruments.

Borrowed Funds. BNC uses short-term  borrowings to support its asset base. These
borrowings  include federal funds purchased and U.S.  Treasury tax and loan note
option  accounts,  securities  sold under  agreements  to  repurchase,  and FHLB
borrowings.  At December 31, 1997,  short-term borrowings were $46.5 million, or
14 percent of total  liabilities as compared to $11.4  million,  or 4 percent of
total liabilities,  at December 31, 1996 and $1.0 million, or 1 percent of total
liabilities,  at December 31,  1995.  See Note 8 to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  included  under Item 7 for a listing of  borrowings  outstanding  at
December 31, 1997 and 1996, including interest rates and terms.

The following  table provides a summary of the Company's  short-term  borrowings
and related cost information as of, or for the periods ended, December 31:

                              Short-Term Borrowings


                                                   1997      1996    1995
                                                 --------  ------- --------
                                                    (dollars in thousands)
                                                   
Short-term borrowings outstanding at period end   $46,503  $11,437  $ 1,000
Weighted average interest rate at period end ..     5.77%    5.60%    6.69%
Maximum month-end balance during the period ...   $46,503  $23,416  $34,648
Average borrowings outstanding for the period .   $22,730  $14,532  $ 7,029
Weighted average interest rate for the period .     5.69%    5.60%    5.74%


As of December 31, 1997, the Company's  outstanding long-term debt totaled $21.8
million  and  included  a $3.0  million  term loan and $4.4  million  on a $12.0
million revolving line of credit from Firstar Bank Milwaukee,  N.A. ("Firstar"),
the Subordinated Notes ($15.0 million less unamortized discount of $705,000) and
an $82,000 capital lease.  BNC was in compliance with all related debt covenants
at December 31, 1997. See Notes 1 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
included under Item 7 for more details regarding the Company's borrowings,  debt
covenants  and the use of  interest  rate  swaps to  adjust  the  interest  rate
sensitivity  of  long-term  debt.  See  also  "--Liquidity,  Market  and  Credit
Risk--Interest Rate Risk Management."

The Company's increased usage of long-term borrowings ($21.8 million at December
31, 1997 as compared  to $10.6 and $3.4  million at December  31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively)  has been  primarily  for the purpose of funding  the  asset-based
lending at BNC Financial. As of December 31, 1997, BNC Financial had outstanding
loans of $15.1  million.  Management  anticipates  loan growth at BNC  Financial
could approximate $15 to $20 million during 1998.

Capital   Resources  and  Expenditures.   BNC's  management   actively  monitors
compliance with bank regulatory capital  requirements,  including risk-based and
leverage capital measures. Under the risk-based capital method

                                       31

<PAGE>



of  capital  measurement,  the ratio  computed  is  dependent  on the amount and
composition  of  assets  recorded  on the  balance  sheet,  and the  amount  and
composition  of  off-balance  sheet items,  in addition to the level of capital.
Note 10 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements included under Item 7 includes
a  summary  of the  risk-based  and  leverage  capital  ratios  of BNC  and  its
subsidiary  banks as of December  31, 1997 and 1996.  As of each of those dates,
BNCCORP and the Banks exceeded capital adequacy  requirements and the Banks were
considered "well capitalized" under prompt corrective action provisions.

During 1997, the Company completed the remodeling of its Centennial Plaza office
building at 116 North 4th Street and  construction  on a branch  office in north
Bismarck.  There are no major capital  expenditures  for  additional  facilities
currently planned for 1998.

Liquidity, Market and Credit Risk

The  Company's  business  activities  generate,  in  addition  to  other  risks,
significant   liquidity,   market  and  credit  risks.  Liquidity  risk  is  the
possibility of being unable to meet all present and future financial obligations
in a timely manner.  Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange
rates,  commodity  prices and equity prices and represents the possibility  that
changes in future  market  rates or prices  will have a  negative  impact on the
Company's  earnings or value.  The Company's  principal  market risk is interest
rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility of loss from the failure of a customer
to perform according to the terms of a contract.  BNC is a party to transactions
involving  financial  instruments  that  create  risks  that  may or may  not be
reflected on a traditional  balance sheet.  These  financial  instruments can be
subdivided into three categories:

    Cash financial  instruments,  generally  characterized  as  on-balance-sheet
    items, include investments,  loans, mortgage-based securities,  deposits and
    other debt obligations.

    Credit-related    financial   instruments,    generally   characterized   as
    off-balance-sheet  items,  include such instruments as commitments to extend
    credit and standby letters of credit.

    Derivative   financial   instruments,   also  generally   characterized   as
    off-balance-sheet  items, include such instruments as interest rate, foreign
    exchange,  commodity price and equity price contracts,  including  forwards,
    swaps and options.

The  Company's  risk  management  policies  are  intended  to monitor  and limit
exposure  to  liquidity,  market and credit  risks that arise from each of these
financial instruments.  See "--Loan Portfolio" for a discussion of the Company's
credit risk management strategies.

Liquidity Risk Management.  Liquidity risk management  encompasses the Company's
ability to meet all present and future financial obligations in a timely manner.
The objectives of liquidity  management policies are to maintain adequate liquid
assets,  liability  diversification among instruments,  maturities and customers
and a  presence  in both the  wholesale  purchased  funds  market and the retail
deposit market.

The  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  in  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements  included  under  Item 7  present  data on cash and cash  equivalents
provided  by and used in  operating,  investing  and  financing  activities.  In
addition to liquidity  from core deposit  growth,  together with  repayments and
maturities  of loans and  investments,  BNC utilizes  brokered  deposits,  sells
securities under agreements to repurchase and borrows  overnight  federal funds.
BNC--North  Dakota  is a  member  of  the  FHLB,  which  affords  the  Bank  the
opportunity  to borrow funds in terms  ranging  from  overnight to ten years and
beyond. Borrowings from the FHLB are collateralized by the Bank's mortgage loans
and  various   securities   from  the  Company's   investment   portfolio.   See
"--Investment  Securities" and Note 8 to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements
included under Item 7. The Company has also obtained funding,  primarily for the
purpose  of  funding  asset-based  loans  at BNC  Financial,  through  long-term
borrowings and the issuance of its Subordinated  Notes.  See "--Borrowed  Funds"
and Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 7.

                                       32

<PAGE>



The  following  table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  a summary of the
Company's major sources and (uses) of funds. This summary information is derived
from the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included under Item 7:
                                   
                        Major Sources and Uses of Funds


                                               For the Years Ended December 31,
                                              ----------------------------------
                                                1997         1996        1995
                                              --------    ---------  -----------
                                                       (in thousands)
Proceeds from sales and maturities 
   of investment securities...................$ 39,226    $  57,553  $   62,763
Net increase in deposits......................  23,054       28,722      20,924
Increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings..  35,066       10,437      (6,360)
Net change in long-term borrowings............  11,151        7,261        (216)
Deposits acquired in branch acquisition (1)...      --           --     104,770
Proceeds from issuance of stock (2)...........      --           --       9,717
Purchases of  investment securities........... (74,121)      22,575)   (138,385)
Net increase in loans......................... (34,124)     (82,664)    (20,272)
Deposits sold with FMB (1)....................      --           --     (39,295)

- --------------------

(1) See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 7.

(2) See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 7.

BNC's management  measures its liquidity  position  regularly.  Key factors that
determine  the  Company's  liquidity  are the  reliability  or  stability of its
deposit base, the maturity  structure and the  pledged/nonpledged  status of its
investments and potential loan demand. BNC's liquidity management system divides
the balance  sheet into  liquid  assets,  illiquid  assets,  reliable  funds and
volatile  funds.  The four variables and other key factors such as expected loan
demand,  are tied  together  to  provide a measure of the  Company's  liquidity.
Management  has a targeted  range and  manages  its  operations  such that these
targets  can be  achieved.  Management  believes  that  its  prudent  management
policies  and  guidelines  will  ensure  adequate  levels of  liquidity  to fund
anticipated needs of on- and off-balance-sheet items. In addition, a contingency
funding plan identifies  actions to be taken in response to an adverse liquidity
event.

Interest  Rate Risk  Management.  Interest  rate risk  arises  from  changes  in
interest rates.  The Company has risk  management  policies to monitor and limit
exposure to interest rate risk.  To date the Company has not  conducted  trading
activities  as a means of managing  interest  rate risk.  BNC's  asset/liability
management  process,  conducted  under the  auspices of the Risk  Committee,  is
utilized to manage the Company's interest rate risk. The measurement of interest
rate risk  associated  with financial  instruments  is meaningful  only when all
related and offsetting on- and  off-balance-sheet  transactions  are aggregated,
and the resulting net positions are identified.

Movements in interest rates can create  fluctuations in the Company's income and
economic  value due to an  imbalance  in the  repricing  or  maturity  of asset,
liability  and  off-balance-sheet  positions.  Interest  rate risk  exposure  is
actively  managed  with the goal of  minimizing  the  impact  of  interest  rate
volatility on current earnings and on the market value of equity.

In general,  the assets and  liabilities  generated  through  ordinary  business
activities  do  not  naturally  create  offsetting  positions  with  respect  to
repricing or maturity  characteristics.  Access to the derivatives market can be
an important  element in maintaining  the Company's  interest rate risk position
within  policy  guidelines.  Using  off-balance-sheet  instruments,  principally
interest rate swaps, the interest rate sensitivity of specific on- balance-sheet
  
                                       33

<PAGE>

transactions, as well as pools of assets or liabilities, is adjusted to maintain
the desired interest rate risk profile.  See  "--Deposits,"  "--Borrowings"  and
Notes 1 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 7 for
a summary of interest  rate swaps  entered into during 1997 and for  information
relating to the Company's  accounting  policies  pertaining to such instruments.
The Company had no interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 31, 1997.

In  general,  swaps used to adjust the  interest  rate  sensitivity  of specific
transactions  would not need to be replaced at maturity since the  corresponding
asset or liability will mature along with the swap. However, swaps against asset
and  liability  pools would have an impact on the overall risk  position as they
mature and might need to be  reissued to maintain  the same  interest  rate risk
profile.  Such swaps could  create  modest  earnings  sensitivity  to changes in
interest rates.

The  Company  uses a variety of  measurement  tools to monitor  and  control the
overall  interest  rate  risk  exposure  of both  the on- and  off-balance-sheet
positions,  including  interest rate swaps. For each measurement tool, the level
of  interest  rate  risk  created  by  the  assets,   liabilities,   equity  and
off-balance-sheet  positions  are a  function  primarily  of  their  contractual
interest rate repricing  dates and  contractual  maturity  (including  principal
amortization) dates.

Static gap analysis is one of the tools used for interest rate risk measurement.
The net  differences  between  the  amount of  assets,  liabilities,  equity and
off-balance-sheet  instruments  repricing within a cumulative calendar period is
typically referred to as the "rate sensitivity  position" or "gap position." The
following  table  sets  forth the  Company's  rate  sensitivity  position  as of
December  31,  1997.  Assets and  liabilities  are  classified  by the  earliest
possible repricing date or maturity, whichever occurs first:

                                       Interest Sensitivity Gap Analysis

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Estimated maturity or repricing at December 31, 1997
                                                 0-3       4-12     1-5     Over
                                                months    months   years  5 Years   Total
                                              --------- --------- ------- -------- --------  
                                                                (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>    
Interest-earning assets:
    Cash equivalents .........................$  2,231  $     --  $    -- $     -- $  2,231
    Investment securities (1) ................  28,937     8,385   44,888   12,414   94,624
    Fixed rate loans (2) .....................   8,694     9,946   38,666   19,638   76,944
    Floating rate loans (2) .................. 147,067     5,900    5,499      110  158,576
                                              --------  --------- ------- -------- --------
       Total interest-earning assets .........$186,929  $ 24,231  $89,053 $ 32,162 $332,375
                                              ========  ========= ======= ======== ========
Interest-bearing liabilities:
    NOW and money market accounts ............$ 66,040  $     --  $    -- $     -- $ 66,040
    Savings ..................................   9,590        --       --       --    9,590
    Time deposits under $100,000 .............  29,958    63,241   30,703    1,163  125,065
    Time deposits $100,000 and over ..........  17,720    12,524    5,985      105   36,334
    Borrowings ...............................  53,950        36       34   14,295   68,315
                                              --------  --------  ------- -------- --------
       Total interest-bearing liabilities ....$177,258  $ 75,801  $36,722 $ 15,563 $305,344
                                              ========  ========  ======= ======== ========
Interest rate gap ............................$  9,671  $(51,570) $52,331 $ 16,599 $ 27,031
                                              ========  ========  ======= ======== ========
Cumulative interest rate gap at 
   December 31, 1997..........................$  9,671  $(41,899) $10,432 $ 27,031
                                              ========  ========= ======= ========
Cumulative interest rate gap to total assets .   2.69%   (11.63)%   2.90%    7.51%
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1) Investment  securities are generally reported in the timeframe  representing
    the  earliest  of  repricing  date,  call  date (for  callable  securities),
    estimated  life  or  maturity  date.   Estimated  lives  of  mortgage-backed
    securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are

                                       34

<PAGE>



    based  on  published  industry  prepayment  estimates  for  securities  with
    comparable weighted average interest rates and contractual maturities.

(2) Loans are stated  gross of the  allowance  for loan losses and are placed in
    the earliest timeframe in which maturity or repricing may occur.

The table assumes that all savings and interest-bearing  demand deposits reprice
in  the  earliest  period  presented,   however,  BNC's  management  believes  a
significant  portion  of these  accounts  constitute  a core  component  and are
generally  not rate  sensitive.  Management's  position is supported by the fact
that  aggressive  reductions  in interest  rates paid on these  deposits has not
caused notable reductions in balances.

The table does not  necessarily  indicate the future impact of general  interest
rate  movements on the  Company's net interest  income  because the repricing of
certain assets and  liabilities is  discretionary  and is subject to competitive
and other pressures.  As a result, assets and liabilities indicated as repricing
within the same period may in fact reprice at  different  times and at different
rate levels.

The  Company's  rate  sensitivity  position is asset  sensitive in the immediate
short  term (0 to 3 months),  liability  sensitive  in the four to twelve  month
timeframe,  and asset  sensitive  in the  longer  term  (over one  year).  Asset
sensitive  means net interest  margin is impacted  positively  during periods of
rising interest rates and negatively  during periods of falling  interest rates.
Liability  sensitive  means net interest  margin is impacted  negatively  during
periods of rising rates and positively  during periods of falling rates.  During
periods of rising or falling  rates,  the  negative  impacts of rate changes are
minimized through  restructuring of the Company's balance sheet. For example, in
an asset  sensitive  position,  management's  response to  increases in interest
rates is to  extend  funding  to  lengthen  liabilities  and to  modify  product
offerings to shorten asset maturities.  In other words, in expectation of rising
rates,  BNC's  marketing  and sales force would  emphasize  floating rate loans,
including  home equity  loans,  adjustable  rate  mortgages  and  variable  rate
commercial loans and longer term certificates of deposit and demand deposits. In
addition,  wholesale  funding such as funding  through the FHLB and/or  brokered
certificates of deposit would be extended in term.

Static gap  analysis  does not fully  capture  the impact of  embedded  options,
lagged interest rate changes,  administered  interest rate products,  or certain
off-balance-sheet sensitivities to interest rate movements. Therefore, this tool
cannot  be used in  isolation  to  determine  the  level of  interest  rate risk
exposure in more complex banking institutions.

The Company  performs an earnings  simulation  analysis to identify more dynamic
interest rate risk exposures,  including embedded option positions. The earnings
simulation analysis,  which is generally run monthly,  estimates the effect that
specific  interest  rate changes  would have on 12 months of pretax net interest
income.  This exercise includes  management  assumptions  regarding the level of
interest rate or balance  changes on  indeterminate  maturity  deposit  products
(savings,  NOW,  money market and demand  deposits)  for a given level of market
rate changes.  These  assumptions  have been developed  through a combination of
historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior. Interest rate caps and
floors  are  included  to the extent  that they are  exercised  in the  12-month
simulation  period.   Additionally,   changes  in  prepayment  behavior  of  the
residential  mortgage and  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolios  in each rate
environment  are captured  using  industry  estimates of  prepayment  speeds for
various coupon segments of the portfolio.  Finally, the impact of planned growth
and anticipated new business activities is factored into the simulation model.



                                       35

<PAGE>



The  Company's  general  policy is to limit the  change in annual  net  interest
income to ten percent for each 100 basis point increase or decrease in rates. As
of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had  the  following  estimated  earnings
sensitivity profile:


                                                     Total Change in
                                             -----------------------------------
Amount/Frequency of Interest Rate Change     Interest Rates  Net Interest Income
- -------------------------------------------- --------------  ------------------
+50 basis points each quarter beginning 
   January 1, 1998.........................            +200              +6.34%
+25 basis points April 1 and July 1, 1998..             +50              +1.86%
0..........................................               0                 --
- -25 basis points April 1 and July 1, 1998..             -50              -1.86%
- -50 basis points each quarter beginning 
   January 1, 1998.........................            -200              -6.76%

Since there are  limitations  inherent in any  methodology  used to estimate the
exposure to changes in market interest  rates,  this analysis is not intended to
be a forecast of the actual effect of changes in market  interest  rates such as
those  indicated  above on the Company.  Further,  this analysis is based on the
Company's  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  December  31,  1997  (with  forward
adjustments for planned growth and anticipated business activities) and does not
contemplate  any actions the Company  might  undertake in response to changes in
market interest rates.

Forward Looking Statements

Statements  included  in  Item  6,  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations,"  which are not  historical in
nature are  intended  to be,  and are  hereby  identified  as  "forward  looking
statements"  for  purposes  of the safe  harbor  provided  by Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  The Company cautions readers that
forward looking statements,  including without limitation, those relating to the
Company's  future business  prospects,  revenues,  working  capital,  liquidity,
capital needs,  interest costs,  income and the  anticipated  impact of the Year
2000 Issue,  are  subject to certain  risks and  uncertainties  that could cause
actual results to differ  materially from those indicated in the forward looking
statements due to several important factors.  These factors include, but are not
limited to: risks associated with the Company's acquisition  strategy;  risks of
loans  and  investments,  including  dependence  on local  economic  conditions;
competition  for the  Company's  customers  from other  providers  of  financial
services;  possible  adverse  effects  of changes in  interest  rates;  risks of
unanticipated  consequences  related to the impact of the Year 2000 Issue on the
Company or its  customers;  and other risks which are  difficult  to predict and
many of which are beyond the control of the Company.

Effects of Inflation

Unlike  most  industrial  companies,  the assets and  liabilities  of  financial
institutions are primarily monetary in nature. Therefore,  banking organizations
do not  necessarily  gain or lose due to the  effects of  inflation.  Changes in
interest  rates,   which  are  a  major   determinant  of  a  financial  service
organization's  profitability,  do not necessarily  correspond to changes in the
prices of goods and services. An analysis of a banking  organization's asset and
liability  structure  provides the best  indication of how the  organization  is
positioned to respond to changing interest rates and maintain profitability.

The financial  statements and  supplementary  financial data have been prepared,
primarily,  on a  historical  basis  which is  mandated  by  generally  accepted
accounting  principles.  Fluctuations  in the  relative  value of  money  due to
inflation or recession are generally not considered.


                                       36

<PAGE>



Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Notes 1, 16 and 17 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements included under Item
7 include  discussions  of recent  accounting  pronouncements  applicable to the
activities and financial reporting of BNC.


Item 7.      Financial Statements


                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            Page
Consolidated Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Public Accountants..................................... 38
Consolidated Balance Sheets -December 31, 1997 and 1996...................... 39
Consolidated Statements of Income - the years ended 
   December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.......................................... 40
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - the periods 
   ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.................................... 41
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - the years ended 
   December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.......................................... 42
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................... 43


                                       37

<PAGE>






                      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTS



To BNCCORP, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BNCCORP, Inc. (a
Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated  statements of income,  stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended  December  31,  1997.  These
financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  BNCCORP's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial  position of BNCCORP,  Inc. and
Subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1997  and  1996,  and the  results  of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota,
   February 18, 1998

                                       38

<PAGE>



                         BNCCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                                As of December 31
                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)


                              ASSETS                       1997          1996
                                                      -------------  -----------
CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS.............................. $     13,058   $    5,495
INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS WITH BANKS.................        2,231          865
FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD...................................           --        6,900
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (Note 3)...............       94,624       59,491
LOANS AND LEASES, net of allowance for loan losses
    of $3,069 in 1997 and $1,594 in 1996 (Note 4)....      232,131      201,403
PREMISES, LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND
    EQUIPMENT, net (Note 5)..........................        8,500        6,657
ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE..........................        2,865        2,442
OTHER ASSETS.........................................        2,461        1,226
DEFERRED CHARGES AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net (Note 6).        4,251        4,079
                                                      -------------  -----------
                                                      $    360,121   $  288,558
                                                      =============  ===========
                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
DEPOSITS:
    Noninterest-bearing.............................. $     25,795   $   22,218
    Interest-bearing--
        Savings, NOW and money market................       75,630       52,483
        Time deposits $100,000 and over..............       36,334       39,725
        Other time deposits..........................      125,065      125,344
NOTES PAYABLE (Note 8)...............................       68,315       22,052
OTHER LIABILITIES....................................        4,708        4,101
                                                      -------------  -----------
           Total liabilities.........................      335,847      265,923
                                                      -------------  -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 14 and 15) 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 9):
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 2,000,000 shares 
       authorized; no shares issued or outstanding...           --           --
    Common stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares 
       authorized; 2,364,100 shares issued, 
       2,338,720 shares outstanding..................           23           23
    Capital surplus..................................       13,768       13,768
    Retained earnings................................       10,529        9,017
    Treasury stock (25,380 shares)...................         (216)        (216)
    Unrealized holding gain on securities available 
       for sale, net of income tax effects of 
       $97 and $16 (Note 3)..........................          170           43
                                                      -------------  -----------
           Total stockholders' equity................       24,274       22,635
                                                      -------------  -----------
                                                      $    360,121    $ 288,558
                                                      =============  ===========
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                             financial statements.

                                       39

<PAGE>



                         BNCCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                         For the Years Ended December 31
                      (In thousands, except per share data)

                                                  1997        1996       1995
                                               ----------   --------   ---------
INTEREST INCOME:
   Interest on loans.......................... $  22,003    $16,383    $ 11,285
   Interest on investment securities--
    Taxable...................................     3,714      3,739       2,919
    Tax-exempt................................        71         94          18
    Dividends.................................       446        576         276
   Other......................................       307        165         785
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
           Total interest income..............    26,541     20,957      15,283
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
INTEREST EXPENSE:
   Deposits...................................    11,282      9,738       7,802
   Notes payable..............................     2,633      1,369         740
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
           Total interest expense.............    13,915     11,107       8,542
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
           Net interest income................    12,626      9,850       6,741
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES (Note 4)............     2,619        739         168
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR
    LOAN LOSSES...............................    10,007      9,111       6,573
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
NONINTEREST INCOME:
   Fees on loans..............................     1,018      1,276         559
   Service charges............................       471        418         401
   Rental income..............................        56         34          37
   Net gain (loss) on sales of securities.....         8         19         (18)
   Other......................................       890        349         757
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
           Total noninterest income...........     2,443      2,096       1,736
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
NONINTEREST EXPENSE:
   Salaries and employee benefits.............     5,234      4,311       3,352
   Depreciation and amortization..............     1,217        980         619
   Occupancy..................................       888        675         413
   Office supplies, telephone and postage.....       575        505         521
   Professional services......................       528        360         246
   Marketing and promotion....................       356        352         424
   FDIC and other assessments.................       171        239         296
   Other......................................       925        791         640
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
           Total noninterest expense..........     9,894      8,213       6,511
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
INCOME BEFORE TAXES...........................     2,556      2,994       1,798
INCOME TAXES (Note 7).........................     1,044      1,147         641
                                              ----------   --------   ---------
NET INCOME....................................$   1,512    $ 1,847    $  1,157
                                              ==========   ========   =========
BASIC EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (Note 17).....$    0.65    $  0.79    $   0.67
                                              ==========   ========   =========
DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (Note 17)...$    0.64    $  0.79    $   0.67
                                              ==========   ========   =========

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                             financial statements.

                                       40

<PAGE>









                                   BNCCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                                  (In thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        
                                                                                        Unrealized
                                                                                        Gain (Loss)
                                       Common Stock                                     on Securities
                                    -----------------    Capital   Retained  Treasury   Available                         
                                       Shares  Amount    Surplus    Earnings   Stock    for Sale,   NetTotal
                                    ------------------   --------   -------   -------   ----------  --------
<S>                                 <C>        <C>     <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>  
BALANCE, December 31, 1994.......... 1,238,100 $    12 $    4,070   $ 6,013   $  (216)  $    (339)  $  9,540
    Net income......................        --      --         --     1,157        --           --     1,157
   Change in unrealized holding gain
    on securities available for sale,
    net of income taxes.............        --      --         --        --        --          473       473
   Shares issued.................... 1,126,000      11      9,706        --        --           --     9,717
                                    ---------- -------   --------   -------   -------   ----------  --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995.......... 2,364,100      23     13,776     7,170     (216)          134    20,887
   Net income.......................        --      --         --     1,847        --           --     1,847
   Change in unrealized holding gain
    on securities available for sale,
    net of income taxes.............        --      --         --        --        --         (91)      (91)
   Initial public offering costs....        --      --        (8)        --        --           --       (8)
                                    ---------- -------   --------   -------   -------   ----------  --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996.......... 2,364,100      23     13,768     9,017     (216)           43    22,635
   Net income.......................        --      --         --     1,512        --           --     1,512
   Change in unrealized holding gain
    on securities available for sale,
    net of income taxes.............        --      --         --        --        --          127       127
                                    ---------- -------   --------   -------   -------   ----------  --------
BALANCE, December 31, 1997.......... 2,364,100 $   23    $13,768    $10,529   $  (216)  $     170   $24,274
                                    ========== =======   ========   =======   =======   ==========  ========
</TABLE>




        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                             financial statements.


                                       41

<PAGE>



                                   BNCCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                   For the Years Ended December 31
                                           (In thousands)

                                                        1997     1996      1995
                                                     -------- --------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
    Net Income...................................... $ 1,512  $  1,847  $ 1,157
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net 
      cash provided by operating activities--
        Provision for loan losses...................   2,619       739      168
        Depreciation and amortization...............     676       499      377
        Amortization of intangible assets...........     531       481      242
        Net premium amortization (discount 
           accretion) on securities.................    (131)     (110)    (243)
        Proceeds from loans recovered...............     777       157      207
        Change in accrued interest receivable and 
           other assets, net........................  (2,371)   (1,866)    (935)
        (Gain) loss on sale of bank premises and 
           equipment................................      (2)      (10)      23
        Net realized (gains) losses on sales of 
           securities...............................      (8)      (19)      18
        Provision (benefit) for deferred taxes......    (367)     (182)      52
        Change in other liabilities, net............     893       157    1,624
        Gain on sale of Farmers & Merchants Bank 
           of Beach (Note 2)........................      --        --     (316)
        Originations of loans to be participated.....(58,305)  (45,238) (44,231)
        Proceeds from participations of loans.......  58,305    45,238   44,231
                                                     -------- --------- --------
           Net cash provided by operating activities.  4,129     1,693    2,374
                                                     -------- --------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Net change in federal funds sold.................  6,900    (3,950)  (2,900)
    Purchases of investment securities...............(74,121)  (22,575)(138,385)
    Proceeds from sales of investment securities..... 27,198    48,700   89,143
    Proceeds from maturities of investment securities 12,137     8,853  (26,380)
    Net increase in loans............................(34,124)  (82,664) (20,272)
    Additions to premises, leasehold improvements 
       and equipment................................. (2,598)   (1,438)  (1,973)
    Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment.....     81        70      112
    Proceeds from sale of Farmers & Merchants 
       Bank of Beach (Note 2)........................     --        --    3,811
    Payment for branch acquisition (Note 2)..........     --        --   (5,357)
    Loans sold with Farmers & Merchants Bank of 
       Beach (Note 2)................................     --        --    9,228
    Investments sold with Farmers & Merchants Bank 
       of Beach (Note 2).............................     --        --    7,014
                                                     -------- --------- --------
           Net cash used in investing activities.....(64,527)  (53,004) (85,959)
                                                     -------- --------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Net increase in demand, savings, NOW and money 
       market accounts............................... 26,724     7,095    8,960
    Net increase (decrease) in time deposits......... (3,670)   21,627   11,964
    Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings  35,066    10,437   (6,360)
    Repayments of long-term borrowings...............(23,293)   (1,954)    (716)
    Proceeds from long-term borrowings............... 34,444     9,215      500
    Amortization of discount on subordinated notes...     46        --       --
    Amortization of deferred charges.................     10        --       --
    Demand, savings, NOW, and money market accounts 
       acquired through branch acquisition (Note 2).      --        --   18,131
    Demand, savings, NOW, and money market accounts 
       sold with Farmers & Merchants Bank of 
       Beach (Note 2)...............................      --        --  (14,520)
    Time deposits acquired through branch 
       acquisition (Note 2).........................      --        --   86,639
    Time deposits sold with Farmers & Merchants Bank
       of Beach (Note 2)............................      --        --  (24,775)
    Proceeds from issuance of stock (Note 9)........      --        --    9,717
    Stock offering costs............................      --        (8)      --
    Dividends paid to minority stockholders.........      --        --      (92)
                                                     -------- --------- --------
           Net cash provided by financing activities. 69,327    46,412   89,448
                                                     -------- --------- --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.  8,929   (4,899)    5,863
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year.........  6,360    11,259    5,396
                                                     -------- --------- --------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year...............$15,289  $  6,360  $11,259
                                                     ======== ========= ========
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
    Interest paid....................................$13,657  $ 11,347  $ 6,383
                                                      ======= ========= ========
    Income taxes paid................................$ 1,659  $    934  $   615
                                                     ======== ========= ========
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated
                             financial statements.

                                       42

<PAGE>



                         BNCCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                           December 31, 1997 and 1996


1.  Nature of Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

The  following  is a  summary  of  the  nature  of  activities  and  significant
accounting  and  financial   reporting   policies  followed  by  BNCCORP,   Inc.
("BNCCORP") and its  subsidiaries  in preparing and presenting its  consolidated
financial statements.

Nature of Activities.  BNCCORP is a registered bank holding company incorporated
under the laws of  Delaware.  It is the  parent  company  of BNC  National  Bank
("BNC--North  Dakota"),  BNC  National  Bank  of  Minnesota   ("BNC--Minnesota")
(collectively,  "the Banks"), and BNC Financial Corporation ("BNC Financial"), a
commercial  finance  company.  Through these  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  which
operate out of twelve locations in North Dakota and Minnesota,  BNCCORP provides
a broad range of banking and financial services to small and mid-size businesses
and individuals.  An additional  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Bismarck Properties,
Inc., is inactive.

Principles of Consolidation.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements
include  the  accounts  of  BNCCORP  and  its  wholly-owned   subsidiaries  (the
"Company").  All significant  intercompany  transactions  and balances have been
eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash  Equivalents.  For purposes of  presentation  in the  consolidated
statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as those amounts
included in the  consolidated  balance sheet  captions "cash and due from banks"
and "interest-bearing  deposits with banks" and include all cash on hand as well
as  interest-bearing   and   noninterest-bearing   amounts  due  from  financial
institutions.

Securities.  Investments are classified into three  categories and accounted for
as follows:

    Trading  Securities.  Trading  securities  are  purchased  and  sold for the
    purpose of generating profits on short-term differences in market prices and
    are reported at fair value,  with any  unrealized  holding  gains and losses
    being immediately reflected in earnings. The Company holds no securities for
    trading purposes.

    Held-to-Maturity.   Held-to-maturity  securities  are  securities  that  the
    Company  has the  positive  intent  and  ability  to hold to  maturity.  All
    securities in this category are reported at  historical  cost,  adjusted for
    premiums and  discounts  that are  recognized  in interest  income using the
    effective interest method over the period to maturity.

    Available-for-Sale.  All other  securities  not  classified  as  trading  or
    held-to-maturity  are classified as  available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale
    securities are reported at fair value with any unrealized  holding gains and
    losses,  net  of  tax  effects,  reflected  as a net  amount  in a  separate
    component  of  stockholders'  equity.  Gains  and  losses  on  the  sale  of
    available-for-sale  securities  are  determined  using the adjusted  cost of
    specific  securities  sold and are  included  in net gain (loss) on sales of
    securities in the consolidated  statements of income. Premiums and discounts
    are recognized in interest  income using the effective  interest method over
    the period to sale or maturity.

Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity and available-for-sale
securities  below  their  cost that are other  than  temporary  could  result in
write-downs of the individual  securities to their fair value. Such write-downs,
should they occur, would be included in earnings as realized losses.  There were
no such write-downs during 1997, 1996 or 1995.

                                       43

<PAGE>



Loans Receivable.  Loans receivable are stated at the amount of unpaid principal
net of unearned fees and costs and an allowance for loan losses.

Loans are generally  placed on a nonaccrual  status for  recognition of interest
income when, in the opinion of management, uncertainty exists as to the ultimate
collection of principal or interest.  At the time a loan is placed on nonaccrual
status,  accrued  but  uncollected  interest  income  applicable  to the current
reporting  period is reversed  against  interest  income of the current  period.
Accrued but uncollected interest income applicable to previous reporting periods
is charged  against the loan loss reserve as the Company  provides for a reserve
for accrued interest.  While a loan is classified as nonaccrual,  collections of
principal  and  interest  are  generally  applied as a  reduction  to  principal
outstanding.  Loans may be returned to accrual  status  when all  principal  and
interest amounts contractually due are reasonably assured of repayment within an
acceptable  period  of  time,  and  there is a  sustained  period  of  repayment
performance  by the  borrower,  in  accordance  with  the  contractual  terms of
principal and interest.

Provision for Loan Losses and the  Allowance for Loan Losses.  The provision for
loan losses in the income statement  results from the combination of an estimate
by  management of loan losses that  occurred  during the current  period and the
ongoing adjustment of prior estimates of losses.

To  serve as a basis  for  making  this  provision  each  quarter,  the  Company
maintains a credit risk  monitoring  process  that  considers  several  factors,
including current economic  conditions  affecting the Company's  customers,  the
payment  performance of individual  large loans and pools of  homogeneous  small
loans,  portfolio seasoning,  changes in collateral values, and detailed reviews
of specific large loan relationships.  For large loans deemed to be impaired due
to an expectation  that all contractual  payments will probably not be received,
impairment  is measured by comparing the  Company's  recorded  investment in the
loan to the  present  value of  expected  cash  flows  discounted  at the loan's
effective  interest  rate,  the  fair  value  of the  collateral  or the  loan's
observable market price.

The  provision  for loan losses  increases  the  allowance  for loan  losses,  a
valuation  account which is netted  against loans on the balance  sheet.  As the
specific customer and amount of a loan loss is confirmed by gathering additional
information,  taking  collateral  in full or  partial  settlement  of the  loan,
bankruptcy  of the  borrower,  etc.,  the loan is  written  down,  reducing  the
allowance for loan losses. If, subsequent to a writedown, the Company is able to
collect  additional  amounts  from the  customer or from the sale of  collateral
worth more than  earlier  estimated,  a recovery  is  recorded,  increasing  the
allowance for loan losses.

Loan Fee Income. The Company recognizes loan fees and certain direct origination
costs over the estimated life of the loan,  utilizing a method that results in a
constant rate of return. A significant  portion of the Company's loan fee income
is  derived  from  loans  which  are  originated  and  subsequently  sold  on  a
non-recourse basis. Such fees are recognized in income at the time of sale.

Mortgage  Servicing  and  Transfers of  Financial  Assets.  The Company  adopted
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers
and Servicing of Financial  Assets and  Extinguishments  of  Liabilities  ("SFAS
125") on January 1, 1997. SFAS 125 superseded  Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 122,  "Accounting for Mortgage  Servicing  Rights" and established
accounting  methods  aimed at  ensuring  that  entities  recognize  only  assets
controlled and liabilities incurred and derecognize assets only when control has
been  surrendered and  liabilities  only when they have been  extinguished.  The
Company  also  adopted  Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 127,
"Deferral of the Effective Date of Certain Provisions of FASB Statement No. 125"
("SFAS 127"), on January 1, 1997. SFAS 127 deferred  certain  provisions of SFAS
125 until January 1, 1998.

The Banks regularly sell loans to others on a non-recourse basis. Sold loans are
not included in the accompanying  balance sheets. The Banks generally retain the
right to service the loans as well as the right to

                                       44

<PAGE>



receive a portion of the interest  income on the loans. At December 31, 1997 and
1996,  the Banks were  servicing  loans for the benefit of others with aggregate
unpaid  principal  balances of $65.8 and $57.3 million,  respectively.  The vast
majority of the loans sold by the Banks are commercial lines of credit for which
balances and related payment streams cannot be reasonably  estimated in order to
determine the fair value of the servicing  rights and/or future  interest income
retained by the banks.

Premises, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment. Premises, leasehold improvements
and  equipment  are  reported  at  cost  less   accumulated   depreciation   and
amortization.  Depreciation and amortization for financial reporting purposes is
charged to operating expense using the  straight-line  method over the estimated
useful  lives of the  assets.  Estimated  useful  lives  are up to 40 years  for
buildings  and  three  to ten  years  for  furniture  and  equipment.  Leasehold
improvements  are amortized  over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated
useful  life  of  the  improvement.  Accelerated  methods  of  depreciation  and
amortization  are used for income tax  purposes.  Maintenance  and  repairs  are
charged to operations when incurred.  Betterments and renewals are  capitalized.
When  premises,  leasehold  improvements  or  equipment  are  sold or  otherwise
disposed of, the asset account and related accumulated  depreciation account are
relieved,  and any gain or loss is included in  operations.  See  "Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets."

Other Real Estate Owned. Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of,
loan  foreclosure  are  included  in other  assets in the  balance  sheet.  Such
properties  are  initially  recorded  at fair  value at the date of  acquisition
establishing  a new  cost  basis.  Write-downs  to  fair  value  at the  time of
acquisition  are charged to the  allowance for loan losses.  After  foreclosure,
valuations  are  periodically  performed  by  management  and the real estate is
carried  at the  lower of  carrying  amount  or fair  value  less  cost to sell.
Write-downs,  revenues and  expenses  incurred  subsequent  to  foreclosure  are
charged to operations as  recognized / incurred.  There were no such  properties
held at December 31, 1997.  At December 31, 1996,  the  Company's  investment in
such properties was $159,000.

Deferred Charges and Intangible  Assets.  Deferred charges and intangible assets
includes  premiums paid for deposits  assumed,  goodwill,  debt offering  costs,
organization  costs and other  miscellaneous  intangibles.  Deposit premiums are
being amortized over their estimated lives of ten years using the  straight-line
method.  Goodwill  represents the aggregate  excess of the cost of  subsidiaries
acquired over the fair value of their net assets at dates of acquisition  and is
being  amortized  over its  estimated  useful  life of 15 to 25 years  using the
straight-line method. Debt offering costs represent legal,  accounting and other
fees and expenses  associated  with the issuance of the  Company's 8 5/8 percent
subordinated  notes (see Note 8). These costs are being  amortized over the term
of the notes  using the  effective  interest  rate  method.  Organization  costs
represent  incorporation,  legal,  accounting and other similar fees  associated
with  establishment  of  BNCCORP  or its  subsidiaries.  Such  costs  are  being
amortized  over  five  years  using  the  straight-line  method.  The  Company's
intangible assets are monitored to assess recoverability and determine if events
and  circumstances  require  adjustment to the recorded  amounts or amortization
periods. See "Impairment of Long-Lived Assets."

Impairment  of Long-Lived  Assets.  The Company  adopted  Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards  No. 121,  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of Long-Lived
Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed Of" ("SFAS 121") on January 1,
1996. SFAS 121 establishes standards for recognizing and measuring impairment of
long-lived  assets  including  property  and  equipment,   certain  identifiable
intangibles  and  goodwill.  Assets  subject to the  provisions  of SFAS 121 are
reviewed for impairment and, if such  impairment is identified,  written down to
their fair value.  Identified  impairment  losses are charged to operations.  No
such impairment losses were recognized during 1997 or 1996.

Securities Sold Under  Agreements to Repurchase.  From time to time, the Company
may enter into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase, generally for
periods of less than 90 days. Fixed coupon agreements are treated as financings,
and the  obligations to repurchase  securities sold are reflected as a liability
in the balance sheets.  The cost of securities  underlying the agreements remain
in the asset accounts.

                                       45

<PAGE>



Fair Values of Financial Instruments. The following methods and assumptions were
used by the  Company in  estimating  fair  values of  financial  instruments  as
disclosed herein:

    Cash and Cash Equivalents, Noninterest-Bearing Deposits and Demand Deposits.
    The   carrying   amounts  for  cash  and  cash   equivalents,   as  well  as
    noninterest-bearing  deposits,  approximate  fair  value  due to  the  short
    maturity of the instruments. The fair value of demand deposits, such as NOW,
    savings and money market accounts,  is equal to the amount payable on demand
    at the reporting date.

     Securities.  The fair value of the Company's  securities  equals the quoted
     market price.

    Loans.  Fair values for loans are estimated by discounting  future cash flow
    payment streams using rates at which current loans to borrowers with similar
    credit ratings and similar loan maturities are being made.

    Interest-Bearing   Deposits.   Fair  values  of   interest-bearing   deposit
    liabilities  are estimated by discounting  future cash flow payment  streams
    using rates at which comparable current deposits with comparable  maturities
    are being issued.

    Borrowings.  The carrying amount of short-term borrowings  approximates fair
    value due to the  short  maturity  and the  instruments'  floating  interest
    rates,  which are tied to market  conditions.  The fair values of  long-term
    borrowings, for which the maturity extends beyond one year, are estimated by
    discounting future cash flow payment streams using rates at which comparable
    borrowings are currently being offered.

Derivative Financial  Instruments--Interest  Rate Swaps. The Company enters into
interest  rate  swaps as part of its  interest  rate  risk  management  program.
Interest rate swaps involve the contractual  exchange of fixed and floating rate
interest payment obligations based on a notional principal amount. Interest rate
swaps  subject the Company to market risk  associated  with  changes in interest
rates, as well as the risk of default by a counterparty  to the agreements.  The
Company  does  not  conduct  trading  activities  or hold  derivative  financial
instruments for speculative purposes.

Pursuant to the accrual method of accounting, each amount paid or received under
an interest rate swap contract that is used in the interest rate risk management
process is  recognized  in  earnings  during the period to which the  payment or
receipt  relates as an adjustment to interest income or expense over the life of
the related asset or liability. Interest rate swap contracts result in gains and
losses  subsequent to the date of the contract,  due to interest rate movements.
The Company does not recognize changes in the market value of these contracts as
gains or losses in the period of change because the contracts  qualify as hedges
of interest rate risk exposures  (i.e.,  the designated  hedged items expose the
Company to interest rate risk, and the contracts reduce the risk of exposure and
are designated as hedges of the applicable  items).  Gains or losses  associated
with the  termination of interest rate swap  contracts for identified  positions
(hedges) are deferred and amortized  over the original life of the hedge,  as an
adjustment  to the yield of the hedged  asset or  liability,  if the hedged item
remains  outstanding.  If the  hedged  item is no longer  outstanding,  gains or
losses  resulting  from the  termination  of a swap contract would be recognized
into income in the period of termination.  Unamortized  deferred gains or losses
are included in the balance sheet as deferred income or deferred charges.

The Company had no interest rate swap contracts outstanding at December 31, 1997
or 1996. At December 31, 1997,  deferred  gains of $423,000  resulting  from the
sale of interest  rate swap  contracts  during 1997 were included in the balance
sheet and were being  amortized  as a  reduction  of interest  expense  over the
original lives of the swap contracts.

Trust Fees.  Trust fees are recorded on an accrual basis.


                                       46

<PAGE>



Income Taxes.  BNCCORP and its subsidiaries  file a consolidated  federal income
tax return. State income tax returns are filed separately by each subsidiary. In
accordance with a tax sharing arrangement,  BNCCORP collects for or pays to each
of its subsidiaries  the tax or tax benefit  resulting from its inclusion in the
consolidated federal return.

Deferred  income taxes are reported for temporary  differences  between items of
income or expense reported for financial  statement  purposes and those reported
for income tax purposes.  The  differences  relate  primarily to  differences in
accounting for loan losses,  depreciation timing  differences,  unrealized gains
and losses on  investment  securities  and leases which are treated as operating
leases for tax purposes and capital leases for financial statement purposes.

Earnings Per Common Share. The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share" ("SFAS 128") during the fourth  quarter
of 1997.  SFAS 128  supersedes  Accounting  Principals  Board  Opinion  No.  15,
"Earnings per Share" ("APB 15") and replaces  primary and fully diluted earnings
per share  ("EPS")  under APB 15 with basic and  diluted  EPS.  For  comparative
purposes,  EPS for the  years  ended  December  31,  1996  and  1995  have  been
recalculated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 128 (see Note 17).

Recently Issued Accounting Standards. The Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 129 "Disclosure of Information About Capital Structure"
("SFAS 129") during the fourth quarter of 1997.  SFAS 129 summarizes  disclosure
requirements pertaining to an entity's capital structure.  Because SFAS 129 is a
compilation of several previously issued standards and pronouncements,  adoption
of this  standard has not had a material  affect on the  Company's  consolidated
financial statements.

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income" ("SFAS 130"),  effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15,
1997,  requires  that  changes in the amounts of items  which  bypass the income
statement and are only reported with a balance in stockholders'  equity be shown
in a financial statement.  While SFAS 130 does not require a specific format for
the  financial  statement,  it does  require that an amount  representing  total
comprehensive  income be reported and that prior period financial  statements be
reclassified  for comparative  purposes.  The Company adopted SFAS 130 effective
January 1, 1998 and plans to include  comprehensive  income  disclosures  in its
financial  statements for the quarter ended March 31, 1998. Financial statements
will include,  as a  comprehensive  income  component,  changes in the amount of
unrealized  holding gains and losses on securities  available for sale.  The new
reporting  requirement  will not  impact  net  income or  earnings  per share as
currently calculated and presented.

Statement of Accounting  Standards No. 131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information",  effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997,  supersedes  Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No.
14, "Financial  Reporting for Segments of a Business  Enterprise",  and requires
that companies  disclose  segment data based on how management  makes  decisions
about  allocating  resources to segments and measuring  their  performance.  The
Company expects to include the required segment  disclosures  beginning with its
annual financial  statements for the year ending December 31, 1998.  Adoption of
the standard will require additional  disclosures in the Company's  consolidated
financial  statements,  however,  it will not have an effect on consolidated net
income or stockholders' equity.

Regulatory Environment.  BNCCORP and its subsidiaries are subject to regulations
of certain state and federal agencies,  including periodic examinations by those
regulatory  agencies.  BNCCORP  and its  subsidiary  banks are also  subject  to
minimum  regulatory capital  requirements.  At December 31, 1997, capital levels
exceed minimum capital requirements (see Note 10).

Reclassifications.  Certain amounts in the financial  statements for prior years
have been reclassified to conform with the current year's presentation.

                                       47

<PAGE>



Use of Estimates.  The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. The ultimate results could differ from those estimates.

2.  Acquisitions and Divestitures:

The following mergers and acquisitions  were consummated  during the three years
ended December 31, 1997:

In August 1995,  BNC--North  Dakota  acquired  seven North Dakota  branches from
First Bank System,  Inc. ("First  Bank"--former  Metropolitan  Federal Bank, fsb
branches).  The purchase  price for the seven  branches was  approximately  $5.4
million.  The purchase was funded with proceeds from the sale of common stock in
BNCCORP's initial public offering (July 1995). The acquisition was accounted for
using the purchase  method of accounting.  One of the seven branches was sold in
October 1995 along with Farmers & Merchants  Bank of Beach  ("FMB") (see below).
The resulting  premiums paid for deposits of $3.5 million and acquisition  costs
of $112,000 are being amortized over 10 and 15 years, respectively.

In October 1995,  BNCCORP sold FMB to Community First  Bankshares,  Inc. BNCCORP
received approximately $3.8 million for its 89.6 percent interest,  resulting in
a gain of $316,000. Proceeds of approximately $238,000 were also received by two
minority stockholders of FMB who are also officers and directors of the Company.
As part of the sale, the Company purchased $17.7 million in loans which had been
participated to FMB and $655,000 in previously  nonperforming  and  restructured
loans.

The following pro forma  financial  information  has been prepared  assuming the
sale of FMB had been  consummated  at the  beginning of the  respective  period.
Because  there did not exist  sufficient  continuity  of the deposits and assets
acquired in  connection  with the  acquisition  of the First Bank  deposits  and
because  financial  information  related  to such  deposits  and  assets was not
divisible  from the financial  information  of First Bank,  pro forma  financial
information regarding the deposits and assets acquired is not included.  The pro
forma  financial  information  is not  necessarily  indicative of the results of
operations that would have occurred had the transactions been consummated on the
assumed dates.

Pro  forma  financial  information  for the year  ended  December  31,  1995 (in
thousands, except per share data) is as follows:

Total interest income...............  $       14,108
Total interest expense..............           7,567
Net interest income.................           6,541
Net income..........................           1,381
                                      ==============
Basic earnings per common share.....  $         0.80
                                      ==============
Diluted earnings per common share...  $         0.80
                                      ==============

In January 1996,  BNCCORP was granted a charter for its de novo  BNC--Minnesota,
Minneapolis,  Minnesota,  and  provided  initial  capital of $5.0 million to the
wholly  owned  bank which is engaged in  commercial  banking  activities  in the
Minneapolis/St.  Paul area. The capital  injection was funded  through  proceeds
from the sale of common stock in BNCCORP's initial public offering.


                                       48

<PAGE>



In May  1996,  BNCCORP  acquired  a  nonbank  commercial  finance  company,  BNC
Financial,  St.  Cloud,  Minnesota,  for  $85,000.  The  subsidiary  is  engaged
primarily in asset-based  commercial  financing.  Goodwill of $66,000  resulting
from the transaction is being amortized over 25 years.

In December 1996,  BNC--North  Dakota acquired the accounting firm of Gregory K.
Cleveland & Company,  Bismarck, North Dakota (the "Firm"). The Firm was owned by
an executive  officer/director  of BNCCORP.  The purchase price for the firm was
approximately  $368,000.  Goodwill of $265,000 resulting from the transaction is
being  amortized  over 15 years.  Employees  of the Firm now staff the trust and
private banking division of BNC--North Dakota.

In January 1997,  BNC--North  Dakota  acquired the stock of J.D. Meier Insurance
Agency, Inc., Linton, North Dakota ("J.D.  Meier").  Three executive officers of
the Company  owned stock in J.D.  Meier.  The  purchase  price for the stock was
approximately $34,000.

In August  1997,  BNC--North  Dakota  purchased a management  agreement  between
Preferred  Investment  Services,  Inc., and Preferred Pension Investors I-87, an
Illinois Partnership (the "Agreement"). An executive officer/director of BNCCORP
owned  stock  in  Preferred  Investment  Services,  Inc.  Under  the  Agreement,
BNC--North Dakota, through its trust and private banking division,  will provide
administrative  management  services for pension assets.  The purchase price was
$394,000,  or 4.71  percent  of total  assets  under  management  at the time of
purchase. Goodwill of $394,000 resulting from the transaction is being amortized
over 15 years.

On December 19, 1997, the Company and Lips & Lahr,  Inc.  ("Lips & Lahr") agreed
in principle  that all of the  outstanding  common stock of Lips & Lahr would be
acquired by the Company in a business combination  accounted for as a pooling of
interests.  The  transaction  was finalized on January 1, 1998,  and in February
1998,  stockholders  of Lips & Lahr received  63,406 shares of BNCCORP's  common
stock.  Operations of Lips & Lahr, which engages in the insurance business, were
merged into J.D.  Meier,  the wholly owned  insurance  subsidiary  of BNC--North
Dakota,  and the name of the  combined  agency was  subsequently  changed to BNC
Insurance, Inc. Under the provisions of the agreement and plan of merger related
to the business  combination,  former stockholders of Lips & Lahr have the right
to receive additional shares of BNCCORP common stock on the first anniversary of
the  initial  share  distribution  date  based on a  formula  relating  to final
resolution  of  contingencies  pending  at  the  consummation  date.  Historical
financial  information  presented in future  reports will be restated to include
Lips & Lahr.

The following  summarized  operating data gives effect to the acquisition had it
occurred on January 1, 1995:


                                                 Year ended December 31,
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                           1997          1996            1995
                                       ------------  ------------   ------------
                                                        (In thousands)
Total revenues:
    BNCCORP, Inc. and subsidiaries.... $     28,984  $     23,053   $     17,019
    Lips & Lahr.......................        1,682         1,644          1,667
                                       ------------  ------------   ------------
                                       $     30,666  $     24,697   $     18,686
                                       ============  ============   ============
Net income (loss):
    BNCCORP, Inc. and subsidiaries.... $      1,512  $      1,847   $      1,157
    Lips & Lahr.......................        (802)          (15)             85
                                       ------------  ------------   ------------
                                       $        710  $      1,832   $      1,242
                                       ============  ============   ============
Basic earnings per common share....... $       0.30  $       0.78   $       0.72
                                       ============  ============   ============
Diluted earnings per common share..... $       0.30  $       0.78   $       0.72
                                       ============  ============   ============

                                       49

<PAGE>

3.  Debt and Equity Securities:

Debt and equity  securities  have been  classified in the  consolidated  balance
sheets  according  to  management's   intent.  The  Company  had  no  securities
designated as trading in its portfolio at December 31, 1997 or 1996.

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair market
value of  available-for-sale  securities  were as follows as of  December 31 (in
thousands):


                                                     Gross     Gross   Estimated
                                        Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Market
                                          Cost       Gains    Losses     Value
                                        ---------  --------  --------- ---------
     Available-for-Sale Securities
                 1997
U.S. Treasury securities............... $  12,489  $     43  $     --  $  12,532
U.S. government agency mortgage-
    backed securities..................    32,136       100        --     32,236
U.S. government agencies securities....    20,039        --       (33)    20,006
Collateralized mortgage obligations....    21,291        34        --     21,325
State and municipal bonds..............     1,166       123        --      1,289
Equity securities......................     7,236        --        --      7,236
                                        ---------  --------  --------   --------
                                        $  94,357  $    300  $    (33)  $ 94,624
                                        =========  ========  ========   ========


                 1996
U.S. Treasury securities............... $  13,814  $     42  $     --  $  13,856
U.S. government agency mortgage-
    backed securities..................     9,555         4        --      9,559
U.S. government agencies securities....     3,633        13        (4)     3,642
Collateralized mortgage obligations....    23,898        --       (43)    23,855
State and municipal bonds..............       759        41        --        800
Equity securities......................     7,773        13        (7)     7,779
                                        ---------  --------  --------   --------
                                        $  59,432  $    113  $    (54)  $ 59,491
                                        =========  ========  ========    =======

There were no held-to-maturity  securities in the Company's investment portfolio
at December 31, 1997 or 1996.

The Company  recognized net gains (losses) on sales of securities  available for
sale of  approximately  $8,000,  $19,000 and  $(18,000) in 1997,  1996 and 1995,
respectively.



                                       50

<PAGE>



The scheduled  contractual  maturities  of securities  available for sale (other
than equity securities) at December 31, 1997, were as follows:


                                                Available-for-Sale
                                                    Securities
                                           -----------------------------
                                                             Estimated
                                            Amortized         Market
                                               Cost            Value
                                           ------------    -------------
Due in one year or less................... $     14,032    $      14,022
Due after one year through five years.....       23,500           23,538
Due after five years through ten years....       11,627           11,785
Due after ten years.......................       37,962           38,043
                                           ------------    -------------
    Total................................. $     87,121    $      87,388
                                           ============    =============

Securities,  carried at  approximately  $80.1 and $35.2  million at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively,  were pledged as collateral for public deposits and
borrowings, including borrowings with the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB").

4.  Loans and Leases:

Composition of Loan and Lease  Portfolio.  The composition of the loan and lease
portfolio was as follows as of December 31 (in thousands):


                                           1997              1996
                                       -------------     ------------
Commercial and industrial............. $    111,429      $    94,701
Agricultural..........................       21,064           20,673
Real estate:
   Mortgage...........................       56,875           47,451
   Construction.......................       18,215            8,806
Consumer..............................       18,173           18,343
Lease financing.......................        9,211           12,970
Other.................................          553              391
                                       ------------     ------------
    Total.............................      235,520          203,335
Less:
   Allowance for loan losses..........       (3,069)          (1,594)
   Deferred loan fees and costs.......         (320)            (338)
                                       -------------     ------------
        Net loans and leases.......... $    232,131      $   201,403
                                       =============     ============

Geographic  Location and Types of Loans.  Loans were to borrowers located in the
following market areas as of December 31 (in thousands):


                                  1997              1996
                                ---------         ---------
North Dakota...................     52%               66%
Minnesota......................     38                24
Other..........................     10                10
                                ---------         ---------
        Totals.................    100%              100%
                                =========         =========

                                       51

<PAGE>

Commercial  loan  borrowers  are generally  small- and  mid-sized  corporations,
partnerships  and sole  proprietors  in a wide variety of  businesses.  Loans to
consumers  are both  secured  and  unsecured.  Real  estate  loans  are fixed or
variable rate and include both  amortizing and revolving  line-of-credit  loans.
Real estate  mortgage loans include various types of loans for which the Company
holds real  property as  collateral.  Of the $56.9 and $47.5 million real estate
mortgages as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,  approximately $31 and
$20 million,  respectively,  were loans made to commercial  customers  where the
collateral for the loan is, among other things,  the real estate occupied by the
business of the customer. Accordingly,  certain loans categorized as real estate
mortgage  loans can be  characterized  as commercial  loans which are secured by
real estate. Single- and multi-family  residential mortgage loans totaling $14.7
and $1.5  million at December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,  were pledged as
collateral for FHLB borrowings.

The  Company's  credit  policies   emphasize   diversification   of  risk  among
industries,  geographic  areas and borrowers.  The only  concentration  of loans
exceeding 10 percent of total loans at December 31, 1997 is construction  loans.
Loans  within  this  category  are   diversified   across   different  types  of
contractors,  geographically  disbursed and secured by many  different  types of
collateral.

Loans to Officers,  Directors,  Employees  and Other  Related  Parties.  Loan to
officers,  directors and employees and to other related  parties were as follows
as of December 31 (in thousands):


                                                  1997              1996
                                                ---------         ---------
Loans to officers, directors and employees..... $   1,114         $    806
Loans to other related parties.................       310              259
                                                ---------         ---------
    Total loans to officers, directors and
    employees and other related parties........ $   1,424         $  1,065
                                                =========         =========

Impaired Loans. As of December 31, the Company's recorded investment in impaired
loans and related valuation allowance were as follows (in thousands):


                                              1997                 1996
                                      -------------------- ---------------------
                                       Recorded  Valuation Recorded   Valuation
                                      Investment Allowance Investment Allowance
                                      ---------- --------- ---------- ----------
Impaired loans --
    Valuation allowance required....  $   12,544 $     762 $    3,323 $      171
    No valuation allowance required.         116        --        686         --
                                      ---------- --------- ---------- ----------
        Total impaired loans........  $   12,660 $     762 $    4,009 $      171
                                      ========== ========= ========== ==========

Impaired loans generally  include loans on which management  believes,  based on
current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able
to collect  all  amounts  (i.e.,  contractual  principal  and  interest)  due in
accordance  with the terms of the loan  agreement  and which are  analyzed for a
specific  reserve   allowance.   The  Company  generally   considers  all  loans
risk-graded  6  (Substandard)  and  7  (Doubtful)  as  well  as  nonaccrual  and
restructured loans as impaired loans.

The valuation  allowance on impaired loans is included in the allowance for loan
losses noted above.


                                       52

<PAGE>



Interest  payments  received on impaired  loans are recorded as interest  income
unless collection of the remaining recorded investment is doubtful at which time
payments received are recorded as reductions of principal.  The average recorded
investment in impaired loans and approximate interest income recognized for such
loans were as follows for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):


                                                    1997     1996      1995
                                                 --------- -------- --------
Average recorded investment in impaired loans... $  7,308  $  3,555 $  2,061
                                                 ========= ======== ========
Interest income recognized on impaired loans.... $    747  $    216 $    122
                                                 ========= ======== ========
Average recorded investment in impaired loans
    as a percentage of average total loans......     3.3%      2.1%     1.8%
                                                 ========= ======== ========

Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans. As of December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company
had $376,000 and $22,000,  respectively,  of  nonaccrual  loans and $104,000 and
$136,000,  respectively,  of  restructured  loans  (included  as impaired  loans
above).  The following  table indicates the effect on income if interest on such
loans outstanding at year-end had been recognized at original  contractual rates
during the year ended December 31 (in thousands):

                                                   1997       1996       1995
                                                 --------   -------   --------
Interest income that would have been recorded... $     56   $    18   $     69
                                                 ========   =======   ========
Interest income recorded........................ $     26   $     6   $     46
                                                 ========   =======   ========
Effect on interest income....................... $     30   $    12   $     23
                                                 ========   =======   ========

As of December 31, 1997, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds
to  borrowers  with  loans  whose  terms have been  modified  in  troubled  debt
restructurings.

Allowance for Loan Losses. Transactions in the allowance for loan losses were as
follows for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):


                                                   1997        1996        1995
                                                 --------   ---------   --------
Balance, beginning of year...................... $  1,594    $  1,048   $ 1,021
    Provision for loan losses...................    2,619         739       168
    Loans charged off...........................   (1,921)       (350)     (248)
    Loans recovered.............................      777         157       207
    Allowance attributable to subsidiary sold...       --          --      (100)
                                                 --------    --------   --------

Balance, end of year............................ $  3,069    $  1,594   $ 1,048
                                                 ========    ========   ========

The increases in the Company's provision for loan losses,  loans charged off and
loans  recovered  for the year ended  December  31,  1997  relate  primarily  to
questionable  loan  practices  by a former loan  officer at  BNC--North  Dakota.
During  a  routine  audit  of  the  subsidiary's  loan  portfolio,  the  Company
discovered  lending  practices  conducted in violation of normal Company policy.
After conducting a review of the affected loans, the Company terminated the loan
officer involved and recorded a special $1.9 million  provision for loan losses.
Approximately  $1.7  million  in  loans  related  to  the  dismissed   officer's
activities  were charged off during 1997.  On July 21, 1997,  the Company  filed
suit   against  the   terminated   loan   officer   and  her  husband   alleging
misrepresentations,  reliance on  misrepresentations  and  breaches of fiduciary
responsibilities and conflicts of

                                       53

<PAGE>



interest and seeking  monetary  damages  against the loan officer and  equitable
relief by way of the imposition of a constructive trust against the loan officer
and her husband.

In December 1997,  following  negotiations  with its fidelity bond carrier,  the
carrier made a payment of $762,000 to be applied  against any covered  losses of
the  Company.  Approximately  $690,000  of  this  payment  was  credited  to the
Company's  allowance for loan losses.  A final settlement of covered losses with
the fidelity bond carrier has not been reached and negotiations with the carrier
are continuing.  While there can be no assurances concerning the amount of final
recovery on the claim,  Company management  anticipates that final settlement of
the claim will result in an additional payment by the carrier.

5.  Premises, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment:

Premises,  leasehold  improvements  and equipment  consisted of the following at
December 31 (in thousands):


                                                             1997        1996
                                                           ---------  ----------
Land and improvements..................................... $     508  $     508
Buildings and improvements................................     4,888      3,346
Leasehold improvements....................................       760        719
Furniture, fixtures and equipment.........................     4,628      3,701
                                                           ---------  ----------
    Total cost............................................    10,784      8,274
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............    (2,284)    (1,617)
                                                           ---------  ----------
    Net premises, leasehold improvements and equipment.... $   8,500  $   6,657
                                                           =========  ==========

Depreciation and amortization  expense on premises,  leasehold  improvements and
equipment totaled approximately  $676,000,  $499,000, and $377,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

6.  Deferred Charges and Intangible Assets:

Deferred charges and intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31
(in thousands):


                                                             1997        1996
                                                           --------    --------
Premiums paid for deposits assumed........................ $  4,022    $  4,022
Goodwill..................................................    1,182         826
Debt offering costs.......................................      161          --
Organization costs and other miscellaneous intangibles....      477         282
                                                           --------    --------
    Total costs...........................................    5,842       5,130
Less accumulated amortization ............................   (1,591)     (1,051)
                                                           --------    --------
    Net deferred charges and intangible assets............ $  4,251    $  4,079
                                                           ========    ========

Amortization  expense charged to operations was $541,000,  $481,000 and $242,000
for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.


                                       54

<PAGE>



7.  Income Taxes:

The  provision  for income taxes  consists of the  following for the years ended
December 31 (in thousands):


                                             1997          1996           1995
                                          ---------    ----------      ---------
Current...................................$   1,411     $   1,329      $   589
Deferred income taxes from the following 
    timing differences:
        Provision for loan losses........      (570)         (274)         (11)
        Depreciation.....................        42            87            6
        Leases...........................        18           129          128
        Other............................       143          (124)         (71)
                                          ---------     ----------     ---------
                                          $   1,044     $   1,147      $    641
                                          =========     =========      =========

The provision for federal  income taxes  expected at the statutory  rate differs
from the  actual  provision  as  follows  for the years  ended  December  31 (in
thousands):


                                                      1997       1996      1995
                                                     -------   -------   -------
Tax at 34% statutory rate........................... $   869   $ 1,018   $ 611
Increase (decrease) resulting from:.................
    State taxes (net of federal benefit)............     169       131      91
    Minority interest in consolidated earnings......      --        --      19
    Benefit of AMT credit carryforwards.............      --        --     (42)
    Tax-exempt interest.............................     (20)      (27)    (43)
    Other, net......................................      26        25       5
                                                     -------   --------   ------
                                                     $ 1,044   $ 1,147    $ 641
                                                     =======   ========   ======

Temporary  differences  between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax
bases of assets and  liabilities  that  result in  significant  portions  of the
Company's  deferred tax assets and  liabilities are as follows as of December 31
(in thousands):


                                                         1997            1996
                                                      ---------       ---------
Deferred tax asset:
    Loans, primarily due to differences in 
       accounting for loan losses..................... $  1,207       $     577
    Other.............................................      106             145
                                                       --------        --------
           Deferred tax asset.........................    1,313             722
                                                       --------        --------
Deferred tax liability:
    Unrealized gain on securities available for sale..       97              16
    Leases, primarily due to differences in accounting 
       for leases.....................................      542             524
    Premises and equipment, primarily due to 
       differences in original cost basis and depreciation  493             451
           Other..........................................   83               0
                                                       --------        --------
           Deferred tax liability...................      1,215             991
                                                       --------        --------
           Net deferred tax asset (liability)..........$     98       $    (269)
                                                       ========        =========


                                       55

<PAGE>



8.  Notes Payable:

The  Company's  notes  payable  consist of the  following  as of December 31 (in
thousands):



                                                            1997          1996
                                                         ---------     ---------
BNCCORP:
Notes payable to Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A. 
    ("Firstar") including a term note for$3 million 
    and a revolving line of credit up to $12 million, 
    interest payable quarterly at either the prime 
    rate or 90 day LIBOR rate plus 2.00% at BNCCORP's 
    option (7.88% and 7.50% at December 31, 1997 and 
    1996, respectively), secured by stock of subsidiary 
    banks................................................  $7,435     $  10,000
8 5/8% subordinated notes, due May 31, 2004, interest 
    payable monthly (plus unamortized discount of $705 
    at December 31, 1997--effective rate approximately 
    9.64%), unsecured(see below).........................  14,295            --
                                                         --------      --------
               Total BNCCORP.............................  21,730        10,000
Subsidiaries:
Federal funds purchased and U. S. Treasury tax and 
   loan note option accounts.............................   5,504         1,437
Floating rate advances from FHLB, callable quarterly, 
    principal due October 1998 and July 1998, interest 
    payable monthly at the one-month LIBOR rate 
    minus .16% and .09%(5.81% and 5.88% at December 31, 
    1997 and 5.59% at December 31, 1996), secured by
    mortgage loans and government agency securities......  25,000         9,000
Fixed rate advances from FHLB, callable quarterly, 
    principal due July 2000, interest payable
    monthly at 5.51% and 5.54%, secured by mortgage 
    loans and government agency..........................  
    securities...........................................  15,000         1,000
Other....................................................   1,081           615
                                                        ---------     ---------
               Total.................................... $ 68,315     $  22,052
                                                        =========     =========


There were no notes  payable to  officers,  directors  or  employees or to other
affiliates at December 31, 1997 and 1996.

In January 1998,  BNC--North  Dakota  borrowed an additional $4.0 million in the
form of fixed  rate  advances  from FHLB.  The  borrowings,  which are  callable
quarterly,  mature in January 2008 and bear interest,  payable monthly,  at 4.75
and 4.79 percent.

The Firstar notes were renewed in February 1998 and mature in 1999.  Collateral,
interest rates and timing of payments on the notes are as indicated above.

In May 1997,  BNCCORP  sold $15.0  million of 8 5/8 percent  subordinated  notes
pursuant to a public  offering (the  "Subordinated  Notes" or "Notes").  The net
proceeds of the offering of $14.3 million were used to repay  approximately $9.6
million of indebtedness then outstanding under revolving lines of credit and for
general corporate  purposes.  BNCCORP has since borrowed  additional funds under
its revolving  line of credit which remains  available as a source of additional
working capital for general corporate  purposes,  including the funding of loans
at BNC Financial.  The Subordinated Notes, which qualify as Tier 2 capital up to
a certain limit under the Federal Reserve Board's  risk-based capital guidelines
(69 percent at December 31, 1997), are considered  unsecured general obligations
of BNCCORP.  They are redeemable,  at the option of BNCCORP, at par plus accrued
interest  to the date of  redemption,  beginning  on May 31,  2000.  Payment  of
principal  of the Notes may be  accelerated  only in the case of certain  events
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of

                                       56

<PAGE>



BNCCORP.  A discount of $750,000 is being amortized to interest expense over the
term of the  Notes  using the  effective  interest  rate  method.  Related  debt
offering costs of $161,000 have been deferred and are being amortized.  See Note
1, "Deferred Charges and Intangible Assets" and Note 6.

BNCCORP's loan agreements and the indenture  pursuant to which the  Subordinated
Notes were issued contain  covenants  which,  among other  matters,  restrict or
limit the ability of BNCCORP and its subsidiaries,  under certain circumstances,
to pay  cash  dividends,  redeem  or  repurchase  stock  or make  other  capital
distributions, incur indebtedness, allow liens or other encumbrances on property
owned or  acquired,  or  guarantee  obligations  of  others  (other  than in the
ordinary course of banking  business).  BNCCORP and its  subsidiaries  must also
maintain  certain  ratios  regarding  capital,  nonperforming  loans,  loan loss
reserve coverage,  and other matters. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, BNCCORP and
its subsidiaries were in compliance with all material debt covenants.

The Company manages interest rate risk associated with its borrowings as part of
its overall  interest rate risk  management  program.  Accordingly,  the Company
entered  into an interest  rate swap  agreement  during  1997 which  effectively
converted its fixed rate Subordinated Notes into  variable-rate  borrowings (the
"Swap  Agreement").  No premium was paid or received in connection with the Swap
Agreement.  Under the Swap  Agreement,  the  Company  received  a fixed  rate of
interest  of 6.6650  percent on the  notional  amount of $15  million and paid a
variable rate based on 3-month LIBOR. The swap was sold on October 30, 1997. The
resulting gain of $372,000 was deferred and is being amortized as a reduction of
interest  expense over the  remaining  life of the original  swap  contract.  At
December 31, 1997, the Company had no outstanding interest rate swaps.

9.  Stockholders' Equity:

BNCCORP  and its  subsidiary  banks  are  subject  to  certain  minimum  capital
requirements (see Note 10). In addition,  certain regulatory  restrictions exist
regarding the ability of the  subsidiary  banks to transfer  funds to BNCCORP in
the  form of cash  dividends,  loans  or  advances.  Approval  of the  principal
regulator is required for the Banks to pay dividends to BNCCORP in excess of the
subsidiary  banks'  earnings  retained in the  current  year plus  retained  net
profits for the preceding two years.

Effective June 1995, BNCCORP declared a 60-for-1 stock split of BNCCORP's common
stock and  reincorporated  BNCCORP in Delaware,  in connection  with its initial
public offering in July 1995. The stock split has been  retroactively  reflected
in the financial statements.

In its initial public  offering,  BNCCORP sold 1,106,000  shares of common stock
(including  106,000  shares sold pursuant to the  underwriters'  over  allotment
option) at $10.00 per share.  Net proceeds  from the  offering of  approximately
$9.7  million  were  received by BNCCORP.  A portion of the proceeds was used in
January 1996 to capitalize  BNC--Minnesota and to inject additional capital into
BNC--North Dakota,  with remaining proceeds used for working capital and general
corporate purposes.  In addition,  20,000 shares of restricted stock were issued
to various  company  managers and employees under BNCCORP's stock incentive plan
(see Note 16).

Also in connection with its initial public  offering,  BNCCORP agreed to sell to
the underwriters, for nominal consideration, a warrant to purchase 50,000 shares
of common stock (the "Warrant"). The Warrant became exercisable at $12 per share
in June 1996 and remains exercisable for a period of four years. No warrants had
been exercised as of December 31, 1997.

In  February  1998,  63,406  shares  of  BNCCORP  common  stock  were  issued in
connection with the business combination with Lips & Lahr (see Note 2).




                                       57

<PAGE>



10. Regulatory Capital:

BNCCORP  and its  subsidiary  banks are  subject to various  regulatory  capital
requirements  administered  by the  federal  banking  agencies.  Failure to meet
minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory--and  possibly
additional  discretionary--actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have
a direct  material  effect on the bank's  financial  statements.  Under  capital
adequacy  guidelines and the regulatory  framework for prompt corrective action,
BNCCORP and its  subsidiary  banks must meet specific  capital  guidelines  that
involve  quantitative   measures  of  their  assets,   liabilities  and  certain
off-balance-sheet  items as calculated  under regulatory  accounting  practices.
Capital amounts and classifications of BNCCORP and its banks are also subject to
qualitative  judgments by the regulators about  components,  risk weightings and
other factors.

Quantitative  measures established by the regulations to ensure capital adequacy
require BNCCORP and its banks to maintain  minimum amounts and ratios (set forth
in the  tables  that  follow)  of total and Tier I capital  (as  defined  in the
regulations)  to  risk-weighted  assets (as defined),  and of Tier I capital (as
defined)  to average  assets  (as  defined).  Management  believes  that,  as of
December 31, 1997, BNCCORP and its banks meet all capital adequacy  requirements
to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 1997,  the most recent  notifications  from the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC")  categorized  BNCCORP's  subsidiary banks as
well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To
be categorized as well capitalized,  the banks must maintain minimum total risk-
based,  Tier I risk-based  and Tier I leverage  ratios as set forth in the table
that follows.  There are no conditions  or events since that  notification  that
management believes have changed the institutions' categories.

Actual  capital  amounts  and ratios of BNCCORP and its  subsidiary  banks as of
December 31 are also presented in the tables (dollar amounts in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  To be Well Capitalized
                                                            For Capital Adequacy Under Prompt Corrective
                                              Actual              Purposes           Action Provisions
                                        ------------------   ------------------ ---------------------------
                                          Amount    Ratio      Amount   Ratio     Amount    Ratio
                                        ---------- -------   --------- ------   ---------  -------
                                                                       greater             greater    
                                                                       than or             than or
                                                                       equal to            equal to
<S>                                     <C>          <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>  
        As of December 31, 1997 
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
    Consolidated....................... $ 32,849     12.2  % $ 21,551     8.0  %      N/A     N/A
    BNC--North Dakota...................  21,535     10.8      16,014     8.0    $ 20,017    10.0%
    BNC--Minnesota......................   5,742     10.2       4,482     8.0       5,603    10.0
Tier I Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
    Consolidated.......................   19,853      7.4      10,776     4.0         N/A     N/A
    BNC--North Dakota...................  19,168      9.6       8,007     4.0      12,010     6.0
    BNC--Minnesota......................   5,191      9.3       2,241     4.0       3,362     6.0
Tier I Capital (to average assets):
    Consolidated.......................   19,853      5.9      13,380     4.0         N/A     N/A
    BNC--North Dakota...................  19,168      6.8      11,238     4.0      14,047     5.0
    BNC--Minnesota......................   5,191      9.4       2,200     4.0       2,750     5.0
        As of December 31, 1996 
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
    Consolidated.......................   20,109      8.8      18,206     8.0         N/A     N/A
    BNC--North Dakota...................  19,009     10.4      14,644     8.0      18,306    10.0
    BNC--Minnesota......................   4,981     12.2       3,255     8.0       4,069    10.0
Tier I Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    Consolidated.......................   18,515      8.1       9,103     4.0         N/A     N/A
    BNC--North Dakota...................  17,759      9.7       7,322     4.0      10,983     6.0
    BNC--Minnesota......................   4,688     11.5       1,628     4.0       2,441     6.0
Tier I Capital (to average assets):
    Consolidated.......................   18,515      6.7      11,112     4.0         N/A     N/A
    BNC--North Dakota...................  17,759      7.1      10,006     4.0      12,508     5.0
    BNC--Minnesota......................   4,688     12.9       1,453     4.0       1,817     5.0
</TABLE>

                                       58

<PAGE>

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The estimated fair values of the Company's financial  instruments are as follows
as of December 31 (in thousands):

                                              1997                  1996
                                      --------------------  -------------------
                                       Carrying    Fair     Carrying     Fair
                                        Amount     Value      Amount     Value
                                      ---------  ---------  --------- ---------
Assets:
    Cash, due from banks and federal
        funds sold....................$  15,289  $  15,289  $  13,260 $  13,260
    Securities available for sale.....   94,624     94,624     59,491    59,491
    Loans, net........................  232,131    232,329    201,403   200,669
                                      ---------  ---------  --------- ---------
                                        342,044  $ 342,185    274,154 $ 273,420
                                                 =========            =========
    Other assets......................   18,077                14,404
                                      ---------             ---------
                                      $ 360,121             $ 288,558
                                      =========             =========
Liabilities:..........................
    Deposits, noninterest-bearing.....$  25,795  $  25,795  $  22,218 $  22,218
    Deposits, interest-bearing........  237,029    237,493    217,552   217,684
    Notes payable.....................   68,315     68,833     22,052    22,060
                                      ---------  ---------  --------- ---------
                                        331,139  $ 332,121    261,822 $ 261,962
                                                 =========            =========
    Other liabilities................     4,708                 4,101
    Stockholders' equity.............    24,274                22,635
                                      ---------             ---------
                                      $ 360,121             $ 288,558
                                      =========             =========

12. Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk:

The Company is a party to financial instruments with  off-balance-sheet  risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.

These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, including loan
commitments and unused portions of lines of credit, and letters of credit. These
instruments  involve,  to varying degrees,  elements of credit risk in excess of
the amount  recognized  in the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  contract or
notional  amounts of these  instruments  reflect the extent of  involvement  the
Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The  Company's  exposure  to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the
other  party  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  and  letters  of  credit  is
represented by the  contractual  or notional  amount of those  instruments.  The
Company generally requires collateral or other security  specifically to support
off-balance-sheet financial instruments with credit risk.

Financial  instruments  with contract  amounts  representing  credit risk are as
follows as of December 31 (in thousands):

                                                   1997              1996
                                               -------------     -------------
Commitments to extend credit.................. $      52,168     $      59,553
Letters of credit.............................         1,418             1,048
                                               -------------     -------------
                                               $      53,586     $      60,601
                                               =============     =============


                                       59

<PAGE>



13. Related-Party Transactions:

The Company has entered  into  transactions  with its  stockholders,  directors,
officers and other affiliates  including the accounting firm,  insurance agency,
and  management  agreement  purchases  discussed  in Note 2. In the  opinion  of
management,  such  transactions have been fair and reasonable to the Company and
have been  entered  into under terms and rates  substantially  the same as those
offered by the Company in the ordinary course of business.

14. Benefit Plans:

BNCCORP has a 401(k) plan covering all employees of BNCCORP and its subsidiaries
who meet specified age and service requirements. Eligible employees may elect to
defer up to 15 percent of compensation each year (10 percent prior to January 1,
1997), not to exceed the dollar limit set by law. At their  discretion,  BNCCORP
and its  subsidiaries  provide  matching  contributions  of up to 50  percent of
employee  deferrals  up to a  maximum  employer  contribution  of 5  percent  of
compensation.  The Company made matching contributions of $112,000, $79,000, and
$65,000  in 1997,  1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Under the  investment  options
available  under the 401(k)  plan,  employees  may elect to invest  their salary
deferrals in BNCCORP stock.

15. Commitments and Contingencies:

Employment  Agreements.  The  Company  has entered  into  three-year  employment
agreements with its chief executive officer, chief operating officer,  executive
vice  president  and  the  chief  executive  officer  of   BNC--Minnesota   (the
"Executives").  The Executives will be paid minimum annual  salaries  throughout
the terms of the  agreements and annual  incentive  bonuses as may, from time to
time, be fixed by the board of directors.  The Executives  will also be provided
with  benefits  under any employee  benefit plan  maintained  by BNCCORP for its
employees generally, or for its senior executive officers in particular,  on the
same terms as are  applicable to other senior  executives of BNCCORP.  Under the
agreements,  if the  Executives'  status as employees with BNCCORP is terminated
for any reason  other than  cause,  as  defined  in the  agreements,  or if they
terminate their employment for good reason,  as defined in the agreements,  then
the Executives will be paid a lump-sum amount equal to three times their current
annual compensation.

Leases.  The Company has entered into  operating  lease  agreements  for certain
facilities  and  equipment  used in its  operations.  Rent expense for the years
ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995, was $318,000,  $331,000,  and $100,000,
respectively.  Minimum  annual base lease  payments  for  operating  leases with
remaining terms of greater than one year are as follows:


1998...................... $    364,205
1999......................      353,320
2000......................      335,968
2001......................      272,891
2002......................      201,892
Thereafter................      327,491

Legal  Proceedings.  The Company has filed suit against a former loan officer at
BNC--North Dakota and her husband. See Note 4, "Loans and  Leases--Allowance for
Loan  Losses." The Company is currently not a party to any  additional  material
legal proceedings. Periodically, and in the ordinary course of business, various
claims and  lawsuits  which are  incidental  to the  Company's  business  may be
brought against or by the Company, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation
proceedings on properties in which the Company holds security interests,  claims
involving  the making and  servicing  of real  property  loans and other  issues
incidental to the Company's business.


                                       60

<PAGE>



16. Stock-Based Compensation:

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation"  ("SFAS 123"), was adopted by the Company on January 1, 1996. SFAS
123 allows two  alternative  methods of accounting for employee stock options or
similar instruments. An entity may either implement a fair value based method of
accounting for stock options or elect to continue to measure  compensation  cost
under Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued
to  Employees"  ("APB 25").  Entities  electing  to  continue  under APB 25 must
provide pro forma  disclosures  of net income and  earnings  per share as if the
fair value based method of accounting had been applied.

The Company has  elected to continue to measure  compensation  cost under APB 25
and comply with the pro forma disclosure requirements of SFAS 123. A description
of  BNCCORP's  stock-based  compensation  plan  accounted  for  under  APB 25 is
presented below.

BNCCORP's  Stock  Incentive  Plan (the "Stock  Plan"),  adopted  during 1995, is
intended  to  provide  long-term  incentives  to its  key  employees,  including
officers and directors who are employees of the Company.  The Stock Plan,  which
is  administered  by the  compensation  committee of the board of directors (the
"Committee"),  provides for an  authorization  of 250,000 shares of common stock
for issuance  thereunder.  Under the Stock Plan, the Company may grant employees
incentive stock options,  nonqualified  stock options,  restricted stock,  stock
awards or any combination thereof. The Committee  establishes the exercise price
of any stock  options  granted  under the Stock Plan  provided that the exercise
price may not be less than the fair market  value of a share of common  stock on
the date of grant. As of December 31, 1997,  20,000 restricted shares and 30,000
options had been awarded under the Stock Plan. The restricted  stock vests in 33
1/3  percent  increments  during  1998,  1999 and 2000.  All of the  options are
exercisable at a price of $10 per share and vest/vested in 20 percent increments
on January 18, 1996 and July 18, 1996,  1997,  1998 and 1999. The options expire
on July 18, 2005. 2,074 unexercised stock options were forfeited during 1997 and
none of the remaining 27,926  outstanding stock options had been exercised as of
December 31, 1997.

Had  compensation  cost for the plan been  determined  consistent with SFAS 123,
BNCCORP's  net  income and  earnings  per share  would have been  reduced to the
following pro forma amounts:


                                            1997                  1996
                                       --------------        ---------------
Net Income:
    As Reported....................... $    1,512,000        $     1,847,000
    Pro Forma.........................      1,496,000              1,814,000
Basic EPS:
    As Reported.......................           0.65                   0.79
    Pro Forma.........................           0.63                   0.77
Diluted EPS:
    As reported.......................           0.64                   0.79
    Pro Forma.........................           0.63                   0.77


                                       61

<PAGE>



A summary  of the  status of the Stock Plan at  December  31,  1997 and 1996 and
changes  during  the years then ended is  presented  in the table and  narrative
below:


                                           1997                 1996
                                   -------------------  ----------------------
                                   Options    Weighted   Options    Weighted
                                     to       Average      to        Average
                                   Purchase   Exercise   Purchase   Exercise
                                   Shares      Price     Shares      Price
                                   ---------  --------  ---------  ----------
Outstanding, beginning of year....    30,000  $     10     30,000  $       10
Forfeited.........................     2,074        10         --          --
                                   ---------  --------  ---------  ----------
Outstanding, end of year..........    27,926  $     10     30,000  $       10
                                   =========  ========  =========  ==========
Exercisable, end of year..........    16,756  $     10  $  12,000  $       10
                                   =========  ========  =========  ==========
Weighted average fair value of
    options forfeited............. $    4.50                       $       --
                                   =========                       ==========


The fair  value of option  grants is  estimated  on the date of grant  using the
Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The following  assumptions  were used in
calculating  the fair  value of the stock  options  granted  in 1995:  risk-free
interest rate of 6.08 percent; expected dividend yields of 0.0 percent; expected
lives of seven years; and expected volatility of 28.7 percent.

The Company  issued  142,200  stock  options to its  managers  and  employees in
January 1998. These options are exercisable at a price of $17 per share and vest
in 20 percent  increments on January 2, 1999,  2000,  2001,  2002 and 2003.  The
options expire on January 2, 2008.

17.  Earnings Per Common Share:

The  following  table shows the amounts used in computing  EPS and the effect on
weighted average number of shares of potential dilutive common stock issuances:




                                                  Net
                                                Income       Shares    Per-Share
                                              Numerator)  (Denominator)  Amount
                                              -----------  ---------- ----------
                    1997 
        Basic earnings per share:
Income available to common stockholders...... $ 1,512,000   2,338,720  $    0.65
                                                                       =========
Effect of dilutive shares
    Options..................................                   5,831
    Warrants.................................                   4,791
                                                            ---------
         Diluted earnings per share:
Income available to common stockholders...... $ 1,512,000   2,349,342  $    0.64
                                              ===========   =========  =========


                                       62

<PAGE>




                                                 Net
                                                Income        Shares   Per-Share
                                              (Numerator)(Denominator)   Amount
                                              -----------  --------- -----------
                    1996
          Basic earnings per share:
Income available to common stockholders...... $ 1,847,000  2,338,720  $    0.79
                                                                      ==========
Effect of dilutive shares
    Options..................................                   1,027
    Warrants.................................                      --
                                                           ----------
         Diluted earnings per share:
Income available to common stockholders...... $ 1,847,000  2,339,747  $    0.79
                                              ===========  ========== ==========


                    1995
          Basic earnings per share:
Income available to common stockholders...... $ 1,157,000  1,720,030  $    0.67
                                                                      ==========
Effect of dilutive shares
    Options..................................                    426
    Warrants.................................                     --
                                                           ---------
         Diluted earnings per share:
Income available to common stockholders...... $ 1,157,000  1,720,456  $    0.67
                                              ===========  =========  ==========

Warrants  to  purchase  50,000  shares  of common  stock at $12 per  share  were
outstanding during 1996 and the second half of 1995 but were not included in the
computation  of diluted EPS for those periods  because the exercise price of the
warrants was greater than the average  market price of the common shares for the
period.  The  warrants,  which  expire on July 18,  2000,  were  included in the
computation  of diluted  EPS for 1997 and were still  outstanding  at the end of
1997 (see Note 9).

The following  transactions  occurred after December 31, 1997,  which,  had they
taken place during fiscal 1997,  would have changed the number of shares used in
the EPS  computations:  (1) 63,406 shares of BNCCORP common stock were issued in
the business combination of BNCCORP and Lips & Lahr (see Note 2); (2) options to
purchase  142,200  shares of common  stock were issued to Company  managers  and
employees  under  BNCCORP's  Stock  Incentive  Plan (see Note 16); and (3) 1,377
shares  of  nonvested  restricted  stock  were  retired  due to  termination  of
employment of the awardee.

Earnings  per share  amounts  for the years 1996 and 1995 have been  restated to
give  effect to the  application  of SFAS 128 which was  adopted by the  Company
during  the  fourth  quarter  of 1997.  Because  of the  number of common  stock
equivalents  outstanding  and the average market prices of the common shares for
those  periods,  however,  basic and  diluted  EPS  under  SFAS 128 are equal to
primary and fully diluted EPS as previously reported.



                                       63

<PAGE>



18. Condensed Financial Information--Parent Company Only:

Condensed financial  information of BNCCORP on a parent company only basis is as
follows:

                               Parent Company Only
                            Condensed Balance Sheets
                                As of December 31
                 (In thousands, except share and per share data)

                                                             1997        1996
                                                         -----------  ---------
Assets:
    Cash and short-term investments...................... $    1,068  $     257
    Investment in subsidiaries...........................     29,973     27,241
    Loans................................................        499        545
    Receivable from subsidiaries.........................     14,248      4,265
    Deferred changes and intangible assets, net..........        407        232
    Other................................................        699        574
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                          $   46,894  $  33,114
                                                          ==========  =========
Liabilities and stockholders' equity:
    Notes payable........................................ $   21,979  $  10,249
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities...............        641        185
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                              22,620     10,434
                                                          ----------  ---------
    Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 2,000,000 shares
        authorized; no shares issued or outstanding......         --         --
    Common stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
        authorized; 2,364,100 shares issued, 2,338,720
        shares outstanding...............................         23         23
    Capital surplus......................................     13,768     13,768
    Retained earnings....................................     10,529      9,062
    Treasury stock (25,380 shares).......................       (216)      (216)
    Unrealized holding gain on securities available 
      for sale...........................................        170         43
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                              24,274     22,680
                                                          ----------  ---------
                                                          $   46,894  $  33,114
                                                          ==========  =========




                                       64

<PAGE>







                               Parent Company Only
                         Condensed Statements of Income
                         For the Years Ended December 31
                                 (In thousands)


                                                    1997       1996     1995
                                                 ---------   -------  --------
Income:
    Management fee income........................$     965   $   927   $   606
    Interest.....................................      847       210       134
    Other........................................        9       138       319
                                                 ---------   -------   -------
        Total income.............................    1,821     1,275     1,059
                                                 ---------   -------   -------
Expenses:
    Interest.....................................    1,348       546       336
    Personnel expense............................      849       965       987
    Legal and other professional.................      103       155       103
    Depreciation and amortization................       58        49        63
    Other........................................      370       367       300
                                                 ---------   -------   -------
        Total expenses...........................    2,728     2,082     1,789
                                                 ---------   -------   -------
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in
    undistributed income of subsidiaries.........     (907)     (807)     (730)
Income tax benefit...............................      282       281       258
                                                 ---------   -------   -------
Loss before equity in undistributed income of 
   subsidiaries..................................     (625)     (526)     (472)
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries...    2,092     2,418     1,629
                                                 ---------   -------   --------
        Net income...............................$   1,467   $ 1,892   $ 1,157
                                                 =========   =======   ========



                                       65

<PAGE>



                               Parent Company Only
                       Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                         For the Years Ended December 31
                                 (In thousands)


                                                       1997      1996     1995
                                                     --------  -------  -------
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income.......................................$  1,467  $ 1,892  $ 1,157
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net 
        cash used in operating activities --
        Gain on sale of subsidiary....................     --       --     (316)
        Depreciation and amortization.................     20       25       27
        Amortization of intangible assets.............     28       24       36
        Equity in undistributed income of 
           subsidiaries............................... (2,092)  (2,418)  (1,629)
        Change in prepaid expenses and other 
           receivables................................(10,174)  (3,816)    (168)
        Change in accrued expenses and other 
           liabilities................................    456      (71)    (228)
        Other.........................................     63     (391)    (142)
                                                      -------  -------   ------
           Net cash used in operating activities......(10,232)  (4,755)  (1,263)
                                                      -------  -------   ------
Cash flows from investing activities:
    Net increase (decrease) in loans..................    (46)       1     (546)
    Increase in investment in subsidiaries ...........   (640)  (8,700)  (6,796)
    Sale of investment in subsidiary..................     --       --    3,811
    Sale (purchases) of premises, leasehold 
        improvements and equipment....................    (12)      50     (108)
    Dividends received................................     --      700     1,309
                                                      -------   ------   ------
           Net cash used in investing activities......   (698)  (7,949)  (2,330)
                                                      -------   ------   ------
Cash flows from financing activities:
    Repayments of long-term borrowings................(21,190)  (1,004)    (716)
    Proceeds from long-term borrowings................ 32,875    7,899      500
    Amortization of discount on subordinated notes....     46       --       --
    Amortization of deferred charges..................     10       --       --
    (Costs) proceeds from issuance of stock...........     --       (8)   9,717
                                                      -------   ------    -----
           Net cash provided by financing activities.. 11,741    6,887    9,501
                                                      -------   ------    -----
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..    811   (5,817)   5,908
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year..........    257    6,074      166
                                                      -------   ------    -----

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year................$ 1,068   $  257   $ 6,074
                                                      =======   ======   ======

Supplemental cash flow information:
    Interest paid.....................................$ 1,262   $  524   $   338
                                                      =======   ======   ======
    Income tax payments received from subsidiary 
        banks, net of income taxes paid...............$   322   $  441   $    16
                                                      =======   ======   =======


                                       66

<PAGE>



Item  8.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure

None


                                              PART III

Item 9. Directors,  Executive Officers,  Promotors and Control Persons;  Section
        16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Information  concerning the Company's  directors and officers called for by this
item will be included in the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement  prepared in
connection  with the 1998 Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  and is  incorporated
herein by reference.

Item 10.   Executive Compensation

Information  concerning the compensation of the Company's  executives called for
by this  item will be  included  in the  Company's  definitive  Proxy  Statement
prepared in  connection  with the 1998  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  and is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

Information  concerning  security  ownership  of certain  beneficial  owners and
management called for by this item will be included in the Company's  definitive
Proxy  Statement  prepared  in  connection  with  the  1998  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.   Certain Relationships and Transactions

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions called for
by this  item will be  included  in the  Company's  definitive  Proxy  Statement
prepared in  connection  with the 1998  Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  and is
incorporated herein by reference.



                                               PART IV


Item 13.       Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K

    (a) Exhibits.
        Reference is made to the Exhibit Index beginning on page E-1 hereby. The
        Company will furnish to any eligible  stockholder,  upon written request
        of such stockholder,  a copy of any exhibit listed upon the payment of a
        reasonable  fee  equal to the  Company's  expenses  in  furnishing  such
        exhibit.

    (b) Reports on Form 8-K.
        No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the quarter ended  December 31,
1997.


                                       67

<PAGE>



                                   Signatures

Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act, the
Registrant  caused  this  report to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, on March 25, 1998.

                                                   Name of Issuer

                                                   By:/s/ Tracy Scott
                                                      Chief Executive Officer


In  accordance  with the Exchange  Act, this report has been signed below by the
following  persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities  indicated,
on March 25, 1998.



  
                              Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
   /s/ Tracy Scott                               Director
- ----------------------------         (Principal Executive Officer)

                               President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
  /s/ Gregory K. Cleveland            (Principal Financial Officer)
- ----------------------------          (Principal Accounting Officer)

  /s/ John A. Malmberg                            Director
- ----------------------------
  /s/ Thomas J. Resch                             Director
- ----------------------------
  /s/ John A. Hipp, M.D.                          Director
- ----------------------------
  /s/ Richard M. Johnsen, Jr.                     Director
- ----------------------------
  /s/ John M. Schaffer                            Director
- ----------------------------
  /s/ Jerry R. Woodcox                            Director
- ----------------------------
  /s/ Brad J. Scott                               Director
- ----------------------------



                                       68

<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT INDEX



 Exhibit
   No.                                     Exhibit Description
========== =====================================================================
       2.1 Plan of merger of BNCCORP,  Inc.,  a North  Dakota  corporation  into
           BNCCORP,  INC., a Delaware corporation,  incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2
           (Registration No. 33-92369).
       2.2 Branch Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of January 31, 1995
           between  Metropolitan Federal Bank, fsb and Bismarck National Bank, a
           national  banking  association,  incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           2.2  to  the  Registrant's   Registration   Statement  on  Form  SB-2
           (Registration No. 33-92369).
       2.3 Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated as of June 7, 1995, by and among the
           Company,   Gregory   Cleveland,   Tracy  Scott  and  Community  First
           Bankshares,  Inc.,  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.3  to
           Amendment No. 1 to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form
           SB-2 (Registration No. 33-92369).
       2.4 Agreement  and Plan of Merger of the  First  National  Bank of Linton
           with  and  into  BNC  National  Bank  dated  as  of  July  28,  1995,
           incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 2.4 to the  Registrant's  Form
           10-KSB dated as of March 29, 1996.
       2.5 Contract  for Sale of Assets  dated  December 31, 1996 by and between
           Gregory K.  Cleveland,  P.C. and BNC National Bank,  incorporated  by
           reference to Exhibit 2.5 to the Registrant's  Form 10-KSB dated as of
           March 26, 1997.
       2.6 Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated February 26, 1997 by and between BNC
           National  Bank  and  Shareholders  of J.D.  Meier  Insurance  Agency,
           incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 2.6 to the  Registrant's  Form
           10-KSB dated as of March 26, 1997.
       2.7 Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 19, 
           1997 among BNCCORP, Inc., J.D. Meier Insurance Agency, Inc. and Lips 
           & Lahr, Inc., William Wade, Dale Ely, Laif Olson, Richard Lahr and 
           David Clausnitzer.
       3.1 Certificate  of  Incorporation   of  the  Company,   incorporated  by
           reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's  Registration  Statement
           on Form SB-2 (Registration No. 33- 92369).
       3.2 Bylaws of the  Company,  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
           the Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2  (Registration
           No. 33-92369).
       4.1 Specimen of Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to   
           Exhibit 4 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration 
           Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration No. 33-92369).
       4.2 Warrant to Subscribe for and Purchase  Common Stock of BNCCORP,  Inc.
           by  and  between  the   Company  and  Dain   Bosworth   Incorporated,
           incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the  Registrant's  Form
           10-KSB dated as of March 29, 1996.


                                              E - 1
                                                  

<PAGE>



 Exhibit
   No.                                     Exhibit Description
========== =====================================================================
       4.3 Form of Indenture  by and between  BNCCORP,  Inc.  and Firstar  Trust
           Company, as Trustee,  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
           Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2  (Registration No.
           333-26703).
      10.1 Form of  Indemnity  Agreement  by and between the Company and each of
           the Company's Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
           the Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2  (Registration
           No. 33-92369).
      10.2 Form of Employment Agreement between the Company and each of Tracy J.
           Scott,  Gregory K.  Cleveland,  and Brad J.  Scott,  incorporated  by
           reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's  Registration Statement
           on Form SB-2 (Registration No. 33- 92369).
      10.3 Form of BNCCORP, INC. Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit 10.3 to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement on Form
           SB-2 (Registration No. 33-92369).
      10.4 Employment Agreement between the Company, Bismarck National Bank and
           Thomas Resch, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment 
           No. 1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 
           (Registration No. 33-92369) as amended by Amendment dated 
           June 1, 1996.
      10.5 Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Grant of  Non-Qualified  Stock
           Options Under the BNCCORP, INC. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan dated as of
           June 7,  1995,  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5 to the
           Registrant's Form 10-KSB dated as of March 29, 1996.
      10.6 Term Loan Agreement  dated  February 19, 1996 by and between  Firstar
           Bank Milwaukee,  N.A. and BNCCORP, Inc., incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit  10.6 to the  Registrant's  Form 10-KSB dated as of March 29,
           1996.
      10.7 Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated  February 19, 1996 by and between
           Firstar  Bank  Milwaukee,  N.A. and BNCCORP,  Inc.,  incorporated  by
           reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant's Form 10-KSB dated as of
           March 29, 1996.
      10.8 Amendment  to Term Loan  Agreement  and Term Note dated  February 11,
           1997 by and between Firstar Bank Milwaukee,  N.A. and BNCCORP,  Inc.,
           incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the  Registrant's  Form
           10-KSB dated as of March 26, 1997.
      10.9 Amendment to Revolving  Credit  Agreement and  Revolving  Credit Note
           dated February 11, 1997 by and between Firstar Bank  Milwaukee,  N.A.
           and BNCCORP,  Inc.,  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
           Registrant's Form 10-KSB dated March 26, 1997.


                                              E - 2
                                                  

<PAGE>


 Exhibit
   No.                                     Exhibit Description
========== =====================================================================
     10.10 Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated September 27, 1996 by and between
           BNC Financial Corporation and Bank Windsor, incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit  10.10 to the  Registrant's  Form  10-KSB  dated March 26,
           1997.
     10.11 Second  Amendment to Term Loan Agreement and Term Note dated July 16,
           1997 by and between Firstar Bank Milwaukee,  N.A. and BNCCORP,  Inc.,
           incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the  Registrant's  Form
           10-QSB dated August 13, 1997.
     10.12 Second  Amendment to Revolving  Credit Agreement and Revolving Credit
           Note dated July 16, 1997 by and between Firstar Bank Milwaukee,  N.A.
           and BNCCORP, Inc.,  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the
           Registrant's Form 10-QSB dated August 13, 1997.
     10.13 Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement and Term Note dated February 
           19,1998 by and between Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A. and BNCCORP, Inc.
     10.14 Third Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and Revolving Credit 
           Note dated February 19, 1998 by and between Firstar Bank Milwaukee, 
           N.A. and BNCCORP, Inc.
     10.15 Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Grant of Incentive Stock 
           Options Under the BNCCORP, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan dated as of
           January 2, 1998.
     10.16 Contract  of Sale dated as of August 29,  1997,  by and  between  BNC
           National Bank and Preferred Investment Services, Inc.
     10.17 Assignment  Agreement  dated as of August 29,  1997,  by and  between
           Preferred Investment Services, Inc. and BNC National Bank.
        21 Subsidiaries of Company.
      23.1 Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
        27 Financial Data Schedule





                                              E - 3
                                                  


                                                                   Exhibit 2.7











                             AMENDED AND RESTATED

                         AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

                                     Among

                                 BNCCORP, INC.
                         J.D. MEIER INSURANCE COMPANY

                                      and

                               LIPS & LAHR, INC.
                                 WILLIAM WADE
                                   DALE ELY
                                  LAIF OLSON
                                 RICHARD LAHR
                               DAVID CLAUSNITZER



                         Dated as of December 19, 1997




COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

ARTICLE 1 - THE MERGER; THE SURVIVING CORPORATION............................1

      Section 1.1 The Merger.................................................1
      Section 1.2 The Effective Time of the Merger...........................1
      Section 1.3 The Surviving Corporation..................................2
      Section 1.4 The Closing................................................2

ARTICLE 2 - CONVERSION OF SHARES.............................................2

      Section 2.1 Conversion of Shares.......................................2
      Section 2.2 Delivery of Certificates...................................3
      Section 2.3 Distributions with Respect to Unsurrendered Certificates...3
      Section 2.4 No Further Rights in L&L Common Stock......................3
      Section 2.5 No Fractional Shares.......................................3
      Section 2.6 Further Assurances.........................................3
      Section 2.7 Stock Transfer Books.......................................4

ARTICLE 3 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
      OF L&L AND THE STOCKHOLDERS............................................4

      Section 3.1 Investment Representation..................................4
      Section 3.2 Organization; Qualification................................5
      Section 3.3 Capital Stock; Subsidiaries................................6
      Section 3.4 Corporate Authorization; Enforceability....................6
      Section 3.5 No Conflict................................................7
      Section 3.6 Consent....................................................7
      Section 3.7 L&L Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities..........7
      Section 3.8 Accounts Receivable........................................7
      Section 3.9 Absence of Certain Changes.................................8
      Section 3.10Material Contracts.........................................8
      Section 3.11Real Property..............................................8
      Section 3.12Real Property Leases.......................................9
      Section 3.13Personal Property..........................................9
      Section 3.14Compliance with Laws......................................10
      Section 3.15Permits...................................................10
      Section 3.16Litigation................................................10
      Section 3.17Environmental Compliance..................................11
      Section 3.18ERISA and Related Matters.................................11
      Section 3.19Taxes.....................................................13
      Section 3.20Customers.................................................15
      Section 3.21Insurance.................................................16


                                    -i-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      Section 3.22Safety and Health.........................................16
      Section 3.23Labor Matters.............................................16
      Section 3.24Transactions with Certain Persons.........................17
      Section 3.25Propriety of Past Payments................................17
      Section 3.26Intellectual Property.....................................17
      Section 3.27Bank Accounts; Powers of Attorney.........................18
      Section 3.28Director and Officer Indemnification......................18
      Section 3.29Brokers' and Finders' Fee.................................18
      Section 3.30Documents and Written Materials...........................18
      Section 3.31Effectiveness of Representations and Warranties...........18

ARTICLE 4 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
      BNC AND J.D. MEIER  ..................................................18

      Section 4.1 Organization..............................................18
      Section 4.2 Capital Stock:        ....................................18
      Section 4.3 Authority; Enforceability.................................19
      Section 4.4 No Conflicts..............................................19
      Section 4.5 Consent...................................................19
      Section 4.6 Brokers' and Finders' Fee.................................20
      Section 4.7 Effectiveness of Representations and Warranties...........20

ARTICLE 5 - PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS...........................................20

      Section 5.1 Legal Requirements........................................20
      Section 5.2 Access to Properties and Records..........................20
      Section 5.3 Conduct of Business By Both Parties Prior to 
                     the Closing Date ......................................20
      Section 5.4 Conduct of Business By L&L Prior to the Closing Date......21
      Section 5.5 Public Statements.........................................23
      Section 5.6 No Solicitation...........................................23
      Section 5.7 Update Information........................................23
      Section 5.8 Consultation and Reporting................................23

ARTICLE 6 - CLOSING CONDITIONS..............................................24

      Section 6.1 Conditions Applicable to all Parties......................24
      Section 6.2 Conditions to Obligations of BNC and  J.D. Meier .........24
      Section 6.3 Conditions to Obligations of L&L and the Stockholders.....25

ARTICLE 7 - TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT.......................................26

      Section 7.1 Termination...............................................26
      Section 7.2 Effect of Termination.....................................26
      Section 7.3 Extension; Waiver.........................................26



                                    -ii-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



ARTICLE 8 - INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES.......................................26

      Section 8.1 Indemnification by Stockholders...........................26
      Section 8.2 Indemnification by BNC....................................27
      Section 8.3 Notice and Defense of Third Party Claims..................27
      Section 8.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties................28

ARTICLE 9 - DEFINED TERMS...................................................28

      Section 9.1 Definitions...............................................28

ARTICLE 10 - MISCELLANEOUS..................................................32

      Section 10.1Confidentiality...........................................32
      Section 10.2Remedies..................................................32
      Section 10.3Notices...................................................33
      Section 10.4Interpretation; Schedules.................................33
      Section 10.5Headings; Gender..........................................33
      Section 10.6Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries............34
      Section 10.7Governing Law.............................................34
      Section 10.8Assignment................................................34
      Section 10.9Severability..............................................34
      Section 10.10Counterparts.............................................34
      Section 10.11Amendment................................................34


                               LIST OF EXHIBITS

A  -  Merger Consideration
B  -  Form of Articles of Merger
C  -  Form of Employment Agreement
D  -  Disclosure Schedule of L&L  and the Stockholders


                                    -iii-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



               AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

      This  AMENDED  AND  RESTATED  AGREEMENT  AND PLAN OF  MERGER,  dated as of
December 19, 1997 (this "Agreement"),  is by and among BNCCORP, Inc., a Delaware
corporation  ("BNC"),  and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  J.D. Meier  Insurance
Company, a North Dakota corporation ("J.D.  Meier"), on the one hand, and Lips &
Lahr, Inc., a North Dakota corporation ("L&L"), and William Wade, Dale Ely, Laif
Olson, Richard Lahr and David Clausnitzer (collectively, the "Stockholders"), on
the other.

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  on October 29, 1997,  the parties  hereto  executed  that certain
Agreement  and Plan of Merger  pursuant  to which L&L was to be merged  with and
into J.D. Meier;

      WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  desire to amend the  Agreement  and Plan of
Merger and, as amended, to restate it in its entirety;

      WHEREAS,  it is the parties'  mutual  intent that the Merger  constitute a
reorganization  under Section 368 of the Code and that this Agreement constitute
a plan of reorganization thereunder;

      WHEREAS,  it is the parties  mutual intent that the goodwill of L&L be and
will be acquired by J.D. Meier and BNC pursuant to and upon  consummation of the
Merger; and

      WHEREAS,   the  parties   hereto  desire  to  set  forth  herein   certain
representations,  warranties  and  covenants  made by each  to the  other  as an
inducement to the consummation of the Merger.

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  representations,  warranties,
covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE 1
                     THE MERGER; THE SURVIVING CORPORATION

      Section  1.1 The  Merger.  Upon the terms and  subject  to the  conditions
hereof and in  accordance  with Section  10-19.1-96 of the NBCA, at the Closing,
L&L shall be merged with and into J.D. Meier pursuant to the Articles of Merger.
As a result,  the separate existence of L&L shall thereupon cease and J.D. Meier
shall be the surviving  corporation (the "Surviving  Corporation") of the Merger
with the effects set forth in Section 10-19.1-102 of the NBCA.

      Section 1.2 The  Effective  Time of the Merger.  The Merger  shall  become
effective  when the  properly  executed  Articles  of Merger  are filed with the
Secretary  of State  of  North  Dakota,  which  filing  shall be made as soon as
practicable after the satisfaction or, to the extent permitted hereunder, waiver
of all of the  conditions to each party's  obligation  to consummate  the Merger
contained in Article 6. When used in this Agreement,  the term "Effective  Time"
shall mean the date and time at which the Merger is consummated.


                                    -1-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      Section 1.3 The Surviving Corporation.

            (a)  Following  the  Merger,  J.D.  Meier  shall  be  the  Surviving
Corporation and shall be a wholly-owned subsidiary of BNC.

            (b) The Articles of  Incorporation  and By-laws of the J.D. Meier in
effect at the Effective Time shall be the Articles of Incorporation  and By-laws
of the Surviving Corporation.

            (c) The directors of J.D.  Meier at the Effective  Time shall be the
initial  directors of the Surviving  Corporation  and shall hold office from the
Effective Time until their  respective  successors are duly elected or appointed
and  qualified  in the manner  provided  in the  Articles of  Incorporation  and
By-laws of the Surviving Corporation or as otherwise provided by Applicable Law.

            (d) The officers of J.D.  Meier at the  Effective  Time shall be the
initial  officers of the  Surviving  Corporation  and shall hold office from the
Effective Time until their  respective  successors are duly elected or appointed
and  qualified  in the manner  provided  in the  Articles of  Incorporation  and
By-laws of the Surviving Corporation or as otherwise provided by Applicable Law.

      Section 1.4 The Closing.  Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated
pursuant to the provisions  hereof, and subject to satisfaction or waiver of the
conditions  specified  in  Article  6  hereof,  the  Closing  shall  take  place
immediately  prior to the filing of the Articles of Merger at the offices of BNC
in  Bismarck,  North  Dakota (or such other  place as the  parties  may  agree),
commencing at 10:00 a.m., local time, on the Closing Date.


                                   ARTICLE 2
                             CONVERSION OF SHARES

     Section 2.1 Conversion of Shares.  (a) At the Effective  Time, by virtue of
the Merger and without any further action on the part of BNC, J.D. Meier, L&L or
the Surviving Corporation, or any holder of the following securities:

            (i) each issued  share of L&L Common  Stock that is held in treasury
by L&L or held by any  subsidiary  of L&L shall be cancelled and no stock of BNC
or other consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefrom;

            (ii) each share of L&L Common Stock,  issued and  outstanding at the
Effective  Time shall be  converted  into (A) the right to receive the number of
shares of BNC Common Stock  calculated in  accordance  with the  procedures  set
forth on Exhibit "A" attached hereto (the "Primary Shares") and (B) the right to
receive an  additional  number of shares of BNC Common Stock to be determined in
accordance  with the procedures set forth on Exhibit "A-1" attached  hereto (the
"Additional   Shares,"  and  together  with  the  Primary  Shares,  the  "Merger
Consideration").



                                    -2-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      (b) Upon  conversion  of the  shares of L&L  Common  Stock into the Merger
Consideration in the manner described in Section  2.1(a)(ii)  above, each record
holder of issued and  outstanding  L&L  Common  Stock  immediately  prior to the
Effective Time shall have the right to receive,  in accordance  with Section 2.2
hereof,  certificates  representing  such  whole  number of shares of BNC Common
Stock calculated in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(ii).

      Section 2.2 Delivery of  Certificates.  Following the Effective  Time, the
holders of L&L Common  Stock  shall  deliver  to BNC all  certificates  formerly
representing  shares of L&L Common Stock.  Provided such  certificates have been
delivered to BNC, upon the preparation and delivery (the "Primary Share Delivery
Date"),  to BNC of the  balance  sheet and  related  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity and cash flow and the related  notes  thereto of L&L as of
and for the  fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1997 BNC shall  deliver to or as
directed by each such former  stockholder a certificate  representing the number
of Primary Shares of BNC Common Stock specified in Section  2.1(a)(ii)(A)  and a
check for any amount due to such  Stockholder  pursuant to Section 2.5. Until so
delivered, each certificate which, before the Effective Time, represented shares
of L&L  Common  Stock  shall  be  deemed  for  all  purposes  to  represent  the
consideration into which the shares of L&L Common Stock theretofore  represented
thereby shall have been converted. On the first anniversary of the Primary Share
Delivery  Date,  BNC  shall  deliver  to or as  directed  by  each  such  former
shareholder a certificate  representing  the number of Additional  Shares of BNC
Common Stock specified in Section  2.1(a)(ii)(B)  and a check for any amount due
to such Stockholder pursuant to Section 2.5.

      Section 2.3 Distributions with Respect to Unsurrendered  Certificates.  No
dividends or other distributions  declared or made after the Effective Time with
respect to BNC Common Stock with a record date after the Effective Time shall be
paid to the holder of any unsurrendered  certificate  formerly  representing L&L
Common Stock with  respect to the shares of BNC Common Stock the holder  thereof
is entitled to receive upon  surrender  thereof,  and no cash payment in lieu of
any fractional  shares shall be paid to any such holder  pursuant to Section 2.5
until the holder of such certificate shall surrender such certificate.

      Section  2.4 No  Further  Rights in L&L  Common  Stock.  All shares of BNC
Common  Stock  issued or cash paid upon  conversion  of the shares of L&L Common
Stock in accordance  with the terms hereof  (including any cash paid pursuant to
Section  2.5) shall be deemed to have been  issued in full  satisfaction  of all
rights pertaining thereto.

      Section 2.5 No Fractional  Shares.  No certificates or scrip  representing
fractional  shares of BNC Common Stock shall be issued  pursuant to Section 2.2,
and such  fractional  share interests will not entitle the owner thereof to vote
or to any other  rights of a  stockholder  of BNC.  Each holder of a  fractional
share  interest  shall  be paid an  amount  calculated  in  accordance  with the
procedures  specified on Exhibits "A" and "A-1" attached hereto.  As promptly as
practicable after the determination of the amount of cash, if any, to be paid to
holders of  fractional  share  interests,  BNC shall  forward  payments  to such
holders of fractional  share  interests  subject to and in  accordance  with the
terms of this Section 2.



                                    -3-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      Section 2.6 Further  Assurances.  (a) At the Effective Time, the Surviving
Corporation shall assume those certain  Employment  Agreements dated January 22,
1996 between L&L and each of Gary E. Lahr and Bradley  Charnholm  (the "Lahr and
Charnholm  Agreements"),  and BNC  shall  issue  to each  of  such  employees  a
guarantee of the Surviving Corporation's  obligations under each such Employment
Agreement.

      (b) If, at any time after the Effective  Time,  the Surviving  Corporation
shall  consider  or be  advised  that any  deeds,  bills  of sale,  assignments,
assurances  or any other  actions or things are  necessary or desirable to vest,
perfect or confirm  of record or  otherwise  in the  Surviving  Corporation  its
right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, properties or assets
of L&L acquired by the  Surviving  Corporation  as a result of, or in connection
with, the Merger or otherwise to carry out this  Agreement,  the officers of the
Surviving  Corporation  shall be authorized to execute and deliver,  in the name
and on behalf of L&L or otherwise,  all such deeds,  bills of sale,  assignments
and  assurances  and to take  and do,  in such  names  and on such  behalves  or
otherwise, all such other actions and things as may be necessary or desirable to
vest,  perfect or confirm any and all right, title and interest in, to and under
such rights,  properties or assets in the Surviving  Corporation or otherwise to
carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

      Section  2.7  Stock  Transfer  Books.  At the  Effective  Time,  the stock
transfer books of L&L shall be closed and there shall be no further registration
of  transfers of shares of L&L Common  Stock  thereafter  on the records of L&L.
From and after the  Effective  Time,  the holders of  certificates  representing
shares of L&L Common  Stock shall  cease to have any rights with  respect to any
such shares, except as otherwise provided herein or by law.

                                   ARTICLE 3
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                          OF L&L AND THE STOCKHOLDERS

      The Stockholders  severally  represent to BNC and J.D. Meier as to Section
3.1 and L&L and the Stockholders,  jointly and severally,  represent and warrant
to BNC and J.D. Meier as to Sections 3.2 through 3.30 that,  except as set forth
in the Disclosure Schedule:

      Section 3.1 Investment Representation.

            (a) Stockholder is acquiring BNC Common Stock for investment for his
own  account  and not  with a view  to,  or for  sale or  other  disposition  in
connection  with, any  distribution  of all or any part thereof except (i) in an
offering  covered by a  registration  statement  filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission under the Securities Act covering BNC Common Stock acquired
by Stockholder or (ii) pursuant to an applicable  exemption under the Securities
Act. In receiving BNC Common Stock,  Stockholder is not offering or selling, and
will not offer and sell, for BNC in connection with any distribution of such BNC
Common Stock, and Stockholder does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement
or arrangement with any person for the distribution of BNC Common Stock and will
not participate in any undertaking or in any underwriting of such an undertaking
except in compliance with Applicable Law.



                                    -4-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



            (b) Stockholder  represents  that he is an "accredited  investor" as
that term is defined in  Regulation  D under the  Securities  Act and that he is
able to fend for himself and can bear the economic risk of his investment in the
BNC Common Stock.

            (c)  Stockholder  has such knowledge and experience in financial and
business  matters  that he is capable of  evaluating  the merits and risks of an
investment in BNC Common Stock.

            (d) Stockholder  has also been afforded access to information  about
BNC and BNC's financial position, results of operation,  business,  property and
management  sufficient  to enable him to  evaluate an  investment  in BNC Common
Stock,  and  has had  the  opportunity  to ask  questions  of and  has  received
satisfactory answers from BNC concerning the foregoing matters.

            (e)  Stockholder  understands  that the BNC  Common  Stock  acquired
pursuant  hereto has not been  registered  under the Securities Act on the basis
that the sale  provided for in this  Agreement  and the issuance of BNC's Common
Stock hereunder is exempt from  registration  under the Securities Act, and that
BNC's  reliance  on  such  exemption  is  based,  in  part,  upon  Stockholder's
representations set forth herein.

            (f) Stockholder understands that the shares of BNC Common Stock will
not be registered under the Securities Act, that such shares will be "restricted
securities"  as that term is defined in Rule 144  promulgated  by the Securities
and Exchange  Commission under the Securities Act, and that  Stockholder  cannot
transfer  such  shares  unless  they  are  subsequently   registered  under  the
Securities Act and under any applicable  state securities law or are transferred
in a transfer  that,  in the opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to BNC, is exempt
from such  registration.  Stockholder  further  understands  that BNC will, as a
condition  to the  transfer  of any such  shares,  require  that the request for
transfer  be  accompanied  by an  opinion  of  counsel,  in form  and  substance
satisfactory to BNC, to the effect that the proposed transfer does not result in
a violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, unless
such  transfer is covered by an effective  registration  statement.  Stockholder
understands  that such  shares of BNC Common  Stock may not be sold  publicly in
reliance on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act afforded by
Rule 144 unless and until the minimum  holding  period  (currently one year) and
other requirements of Rule 144 have been satisfied.

            (g)  Stockholder   understands  and  agrees  that  all  certificates
evidencing the shares of BNC Common Stock issued hereunder will bear restrictive
legends in substantially the following form:

                  The securities  represented by this  certificate have not been
                  registered  under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
                  "Act"),   or  any  applicable   state  law,  and  may  not  be
                  transferred  without  registration  under the Act and any such
                  state  law  or an  opinion  of  counsel  satisfactory  to  the
                  corporation that registration is not required.


                                    -5-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      Section  3.2  Organization;  Qualification.  L&L  is  a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of North Dakota
and has the requisite  corporate  power and authority to own its property and to
carry on its business as it is now being conducted. No actions or proceedings to
dissolve L&L are pending.  Section 3.2 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the
jurisdictions in which L&L is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation.
Copies of the articles of incorporation  and by-laws of L&L, with all amendments
to the date hereof, have been furnished to BNC or its representatives,  and such
copies are accurate and complete as of the date hereof.  L&L has made  available
to BNC accurate and complete  copies of the minutes of all meetings of its board
of directors,  any committees of the board and stockholders (and all consents in
lieu of such meetings).  Such records,  minutes and consents  accurately reflect
all actions taken by its board of directors, committees and stockholders. L&L is
not in violation of any provision of its articles of incorporation or by-laws.

      Section 3.3 Capital Stock; Subsidiaries.  (a) The authorized capital stock
of L&L consists of 10,000 shares of capital stock,  of which 1,776.18  shares of
L&L Common Stock are issued and  outstanding  and 3,223.82  shares of L&L Common
Stock are held in its treasury, and no shares of preferred stock, $.10 par value
per share,  have been issued.  All issued and  outstanding  shares of L&L Common
Stock  have  been  duly  authorized  and are  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
non-assessable.  All  outstanding  L&L  Common  Stock  are  held of  record  and
beneficially by the Persons set forth in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure  Schedule
in the amounts set forth opposite their respective names.

            (b)  There  are no  outstanding  stock  options  or other  rights to
acquire any shares of the capital stock of L&L or any security  convertible into
L&L Common Stock and L&L has no obligation or other commitment to issue, sell or
deliver  any of the  foregoing  or any other  shares of its capital  stock.  All
shares of L&L  Common  Stock  have  been  issued  in  compliance  with all legal
requirements and without violation of any pre-emptive or similar rights.

            (c) L&L owns, directly or indirectly, no interest in any Person.

      Section 3.4 Corporate Authorization; Enforceability.

            (a) The  execution,  delivery and  performance of this Agreement has
been duly  authorized by the board of directors of L&L and all of the holders of
L&L Common Stock entitled to vote or consent to the transactions contemplated by
this  Agreement.  To the extent  applicable,  the execution and delivery of this
Agreement  and  its  obligations  hereunder  has  been  duly  authorized  by all
necessary corporate action of L&L and no further vote or consent of stockholders
or directors of L&L and no further corporate acts or other corporate proceedings
are required of L&L for the due and valid authorization, execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the Merger.

            (b)  This  Agreement   constitutes  the  legal,  valid  and  binding
obligation of L&L enforceable  against L&L in accordance with its terms,  except
that   enforcement  may  be  limited  by  applicable   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting


                                    -6-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



creditors'  rights  generally  and  equitable  principles  which  may  limit the
availability of certain equitable remedies in certain instances.

            (c) The  Employment  Agreements,  when  executed  by the  respective
Stockholders in accordance with the terms hereof,  will be the legal,  valid and
binding  obligation  of the  Stockholders  enforceable  against  each of them in
accordance  with  their  terms,  except  that  enforcement  may  be  limited  by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium and other similar
laws affecting  creditors'  rights generally and equitable  principles which may
limit the availability of certain equitable remedies in certain instances.

      Section 3.5 No Conflict.  Neither the  execution  and the delivery of this
Agreement or the Employment  Agreements by L&L or the Stockholders,  as the case
may be, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
nor compliance with any of the terms hereof or thereof,  do or will (a) conflict
with or result in any breach of the provisions of the articles of  incorporation
or by-laws of L&L, (b) result in the violation or breach of, or constitute (with
or without  due notice or the lapse of time or both) a default  (or give rise to
any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under, any of the terms,
conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, or any material
license,  contract,  agreement or other instrument or obligation to which any of
L&L or the  Stockholders is a party or by which any of them or their  respective
properties or assets may be bound, or (c) violate any order,  writ,  injunction,
decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to any of L&L or the Stockholders
or any of their respective properties or assets.

      Section 3.6 Consent.  Section 3.6 of the Disclosure  Schedule sets forth a
true and complete list of each consent,  approval, order or authorization of, or
declaration,  filing or  registration  with,  any  Governmental  Entity or other
Person that is required  to be  obtained or made by L&L or the  Stockholders  in
connection   with  the  execution,   delivery  or  performance  by  L&L  or  the
Stockholders of this Agreement or the consummation by L&L or the Stockholders of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

      Section 3.7 L&L Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities.

            (a) The L&L  Annual  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  in
accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles and present fairly the
financial  position of L&L at such dates and the results of operations  and cash
flows for the periods then ended.

            (b) The L&L  Interim  Financial  Statements  have been  prepared  in
accordance with generally  accepted  accounting  standards on a basis consistent
with the prior periods and reflect all  adjustments,  consisting  only of normal
recurring  adjustments,  that are necessary for a fair  statement of the results
for the interim period presented therein.  Except as disclosed in Section 3.7 of
the  Disclosure  Schedule,  neither L&L nor any of its assets are subject to any
liability,  commitment,  debt  or  obligation  which  would  be  required  to be
disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  principles,  except  (i) as and to the extent  reflected  on the L&L
Interim  Financial  Statements,  or (ii) as may have been  incurred  or may have
arisen since the date of


                                    -7-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



the L&L Interim Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business and that
are permitted by this Agreement.

      Section 3.8 Accounts Receivable.  All of the accounts receivable reflected
on the L&L Interim Financial  Statements or created  thereafter have arisen only
from bona fide transactions in the ordinary course of business,  represent valid
obligations  owing to L&L and have been  accrued in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles.  Section 3.8 of the  Disclosure  Schedule sets
forth  a  summary  listing  of all  accounts  receivable  of L&L as of the  date
specified therein and reflects  receivables aged less than 90 days from the date
of  invoice  as a group and sets  forth all  receivables  aged more than 90 days
individually by customer, invoice and amount.

      Section 3.9 Absence of Certain Changes.

            (a) Since June 30, 1997, L&L has operated in the ordinary  course of
business  consistent with past practice and there has been no event or condition
of any character that has had, or can reasonably be expected to have, a Material
Adverse Effect.

            (b)  Since  June 30,  1997,  L&L has  not,  except  as set  forth on
Schedule 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, taken any actions of a type referred to
in  Sections  5.3 and 5.4 that would have  required  the  consent of BNC if such
action were to have been taken during the period between the date hereof and the
Closing Date.

      Section  3.10Material  Contracts.  (a)  Section  3.10  of  the  Disclosure
Schedule  contains  a list and  brief  description  (including  the names of the
parties and the date and nature of the  agreement) of each Material  Contract to
which L&L is a party. BNC has been provided a complete and accurate copy of each
Material Contract listed on Section 3.10 of the Disclosure  Schedule.  Except as
set forth in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule,  each Material Contract to
which L&L is a party is a legal,  valid,  binding and enforceable  obligation of
L&L,  except to the extent that  enforcement  may be limited by (i)  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other  similar laws  relating to or
affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  generally  and (ii) general
equitable principles.

            (b) L&L is not in  material  breach of or default  (and no event has
occurred which,  with due notice or lapse of time or both, may constitute such a
breach or default)  under any  Material  Contract,  and no party to any Material
Contract has given L&L written notice of or made a claim in writing with respect
to any breach or default under any such Material Contract.

      Section 3.11Real Property.

            (a) Section 3.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  sets forth a true and
complete  list of all real  property  owned  by L&L  (collectively,  the  "Owned
Properties").  Except as set forth in Section 3.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,
L&L has good and marketable title in fee simple to all Owned Properties.  Except
as  disclosed  in Section  3.11 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  none of the Owned
Properties  is  subject to any  Liens,  except for (i) Liens that  collateralize
indebtedness  that is reflected in the L&L Interim  Financial  Statements,  (ii)
Permitted Liens for amounts not yet due or


                                    -8-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



which are being  contested  in good  faith and (iii)  easements,  rights of way,
encroachments  or other  restrictions  or matters  affecting  title which do not
prevent the Owned  Properties from being used for the purpose for which they are
currently being used or otherwise materially impair L&L's current operations.

            (b) Except as set forth in Section 3.11 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
all  improvements on the Owned Properties and the operations  therein  conducted
conform in all material respects to all applicable health, fire, safety,  zoning
and  building  laws,  ordinances  and  administrative  regulations,  except  for
possible nonconforming uses or violations which do not materially interfere with
the present use, operation or maintenance thereof or access thereto by L&L.

            (c) Except as set forth on Section 3.11 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
the  buildings,  driveways and all other  structures and  improvements  upon the
Owned Properties are all within the boundary lines of such Owned Property or the
benefit of valid easements,  and there are no encroachments  thereof which would
materially affect the use thereof. There are no outstanding  requirements by any
insurance  company  which has issued a title policy  covering any such  property
which is a  condition  to  continued  coverage  under such policy at the current
insurance premium.

            (d) Except as set forth on Section 3.11 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
each Owned Property has unrestricted access to and from public roads and streets
and each Owned  Property is  designated  with one or more separate and exclusive
tax lots.

      Section 3.12Real Property Leases.

            (a) Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all
Leases  with  respect  to all  real  properties  in which  L&L has a  leasehold,
subleasehold,  or other occupancy interest (the "Leased  Properties").  Complete
and accurate copies of all Leases and all amendments  thereto have been provided
to BNC. Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  all of
the Leases for the Leased  Properties are valid and effective in accordance with
their respective  terms,  except that the enforcement  thereof may be subject to
(i)  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws
affecting or relating to  enforcement  of creditors'  rights  generally and (ii)
general equitable principles.

            (b) L&L is not in  material  breach of or default  (and no event has
occurred, which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, may constitute such a
breach  or  default)  under any  Lease,  and no party to any Lease has given L&L
written notice with respect to any breach or default.

            (c) Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
no Leased  Property  is subject  to any  sublease,  license  or other  agreement
granting to any Person any right to the use,  occupancy  or  enjoyment of Leased
Property or any portion thereof through L&L.

      Section 3.13Personal Property.

            (a) Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the  Disclosure  Schedule
and Section 3.12(b), L&L has good title to all Personal Property, free and clear
of all Liens other than (i) Liens


                                    -9-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



for taxes and assessments not yet due or otherwise being contested in good faith
and (ii) Permitted Liens for amounts not yet due or which are being contested in
good faith.

            (b) Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
L&L holds valid  leaseholds in all of the Personal  Property leased by it, which
leases are enforceable in accordance with their  respective  terms,  except that
enforcement  thereof  may  be  limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws  affecting  creditors'  rights
generally and equitable  principles  which may limit the availability of certain
equitable remedies in certain instances.

            (c) Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
L&L is not in material  breach of or default (and no event has  occurred  which,
with  due  notice  or  lapse of time or  both,  may  constitute  such a lapse or
default) under any lease of any item of Personal Property leased by it.

            (d) Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
the  Personal  Property  now  owned,  leased  or used by L&L is  sufficient  and
adequate to carry on its business as presently conducted.

      Section  3.14Compliance with Laws. (a) Except as set forth in Section 3.14
of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  the  business of L&L is being  conducted,  in all
material respects,  with all Applicable Laws,  including insurance laws, and L&L
has not received  notice of any violation by it of any Applicable Law, nor is it
in default with respect to any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or other
decree of any  Governmental  Entity  applicable  to it or any of its  respective
assets, properties or operations.

            (b) L&L has made available for inspection by BNC complete  copies of
all material  registrations,  filings and submissions made since January 1, 1995
by L&L with any Governmental Entity and any reports of examinations issued since
January 1, 1995 by any such  Governmental  Entity  that  relate to L&L.  L&L has
filed all reports, statements, documents, registrations,  filings or submissions
required  to be filed by it with  any  Governmental  Entity,  except  where  the
failure to file, in the  aggregate,  would not  reasonably be expected to have a
Material  Adverse  Effect;   and  all  such  reports,   statements,   documents,
registrations,  filings  or  submissions  were in all  material  respects  true,
complete and accurate when filed.

      Section  3.15Permits.  (a)  Except  as set  forth in  Section  3.15 of the
Disclosure Schedule, L&L has all necessary permits, insurance and other licenses
and  governmental  authorizations  which are material and which are required for
the lease,  ownership,  occupancy or operation of its  properties and assets and
the carrying on of its business.

      Section 3.16Litigation.

            (a) Except as set forth in Section 3.16 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
there are no  Proceedings  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of the  Stockholders,
threatened, against L&L or any of its officers, directors,  employees, agents or
Affiliates which are not covered by insurance and, to the


                                    -10-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



knowledge of the Stockholders,  there have been no events and there are no facts
or circumstances that could result in any Proceedings.

            (b) Except as set forth in Section 3.16 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
neither L&L nor any of its assets or properties  is subject to any order,  writ,
judgment, award, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity.

      Section 3.17Environmental Compliance.

            (a) Except as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
L&L  possesses  all  necessary   licenses,   permits  and  other  approvals  and
authorizations  that are required under,  and at all times in the past has been,
in compliance with, all Environmental  Laws,  including all  Environmental  Laws
governing the generation, use, collection,  treatment, storage,  transportation,
recover,  removal,  discharge or disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, and
all   Environmental   Laws  imposing   record-keeping,   maintenance,   testing,
inspection,  notification and reporting  requirements  with respect to hazardous
substances or wastes. For purposes of this Agreement, "hazardous substances" and
"hazardous wastes" are materials defined as "hazardous  substances,"  "hazardous
wastes," or  "hazardous  constituents"  in (i) the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response,  Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601-9675,
as amended by the Superfund  Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, and any
amendments thereto and regulations  thereunder;  (ii) the Resource  Conservation
and  Recovery  Act of 1976,  42 U.S.C.  Sections  6901-6992,  as  amended by the
Hazardous and Solid Waste  Amendments of 1984,  and any  amendments  thereto and
regulations thereunder;  (iii) the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, 33 U.S.C. Sections
2701-2761,  and any amendments thereto and regulations thereunder;  and (iv) any
other  applicable  federal,   state,  local  or  foreign  environmental  law  or
regulation.

            (b) Except as set forth in Section 3.17 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
L&L has not been subject to any administrative or judicial  proceeding  pursuant
to, or has received any notice of any violation of, or claim alleging  liability
under, any Environmental Laws. To the knowledge of the Stockholders, no facts or
circumstances  exist  that  would be likely to  result in a claim,  citation  or
allegation  against L&L for a  violation  of, or  alleging  liability  under any
Environmental Laws.

            (c)  There are no  underground  tanks of any type  (including  tanks
storing  gasoline,  diesel fuel,  oil or other  petroleum  products) or disposal
sites for hazardous  substances,  hazardous wastes or any other regulated waste,
located on or under the Owned Properties or Leased Properties.

            (d) Except in the ordinary  course of business,  and in all cases in
material  compliance with all Environmental  Laws, L&L has not engaged any third
party to  handle,  transport  or  dispose  of  hazardous  substances  or  wastes
(including  for this  purpose,  gasoline,  diesel fuel,  oil or other  petroleum
product) on its behalf.

      Section 3.18ERISA and Related Matters.

            (a) Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule lists each Employee Plan
that L&L maintains, administers, contributes to, or has any contingent liability
with respect thereto. BNC has


                                    -11-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



been provided a true and complete copy of each Employee  Plan,  current  summary
plan  description,  (and,  if  applicable,  related  trust  documents)  and  all
amendments  thereto and written  interpretations  thereof together with: (i) all
annual  reports,  if any, that have been  prepared in connection  with each such
Employee  Plan within the last three  years;  (ii) all  material  communications
relating to any such Employee Plan received from or sent to the Internal Revenue
Service or the  Department  of Labor  within the last three years  (including  a
written  description  of any oral  communications);  and (iii)  the most  recent
Internal  Revenue  Services  determination  letter with respect to each Employee
Plan and the most recent application for a determination letter.

            (b) Section 3.18 of the Disclosure  Schedule identifies each Benefit
Arrangement  that L&L maintains or  administers.  Except as set forth in Section
3.18 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  L&L has made all  contributions to and has no
contingent  liability with respect to any of its Benefit  Arrangements.  BNC has
been furnished copies or descriptions of each Benefit Arrangement.  Each Benefit
Arrangement  has been  maintained in substantial  compliance  with its terms and
with the  requirements  prescribed  by any and all statutes,  orders,  rules and
regulations which are applicable to such Benefit Arrangement.

            (c) Benefits under any Employee Plan or Benefit  Arrangement  are as
represented  in the  documents  provided to BNC and have not been  increased  or
modified  (whether  written  or not  written)  subsequent  to the  dates of such
documents.  L&L has not  communicated  to any  employee or former  employee  any
intention or commitment to modify any Employee Plan or Benefit Arrangement or to
establish or implement  any other  employee or retiree  benefit or  compensation
arrangement.

            (d) Each  Employee  Plan  that is  intended  to be  qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and has been so qualified  during the
period from its adoption to date, and, no event has occurred since such adoption
that  would  materially  adversely  affect  such  qualification,  and each trust
created in  connection  with each such  Employee  Plan forming a part thereof is
exempt from tax pursuant to Section  501(a) of the Code.  Each Employee Plan has
been  maintained  and  administered  in  compliance  with its terms and with the
requirements  prescribed by any and all applicable  statutes,  orders, rules and
regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code.

            (e) Full  payment has been made of all  amounts  which L&L is or has
been  required to have paid as  contributions  to any  Employee  Plan or Benefit
Arrangement  under  applicable  law or under  the  terms of any such plan or any
arrangement.

            (f) Neither L&L nor any of its stockholders,  directors, officers or
employees has engaged in any  transaction  with respect to an Employee Plan that
could subject L&L to a tax,  penalty or liability for a prohibited  transaction,
as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

            (g)  L&L  has  no  liability  in  respect  of   post-retirement   or
post-employment welfare benefits for retired, current or former employees except
to the extent  otherwise  required by the  continuation  requirements of Section
4980B(f) of the Code and Section 601 of ERISA. No medical


                                    -12-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



benefits have been provided  under any Benefit  Arrangement to any person who is
not an employee or former employee of L&L or a dependent thereof.

            (h) There is no litigation, administrative or arbitration proceeding
or other dispute pending or, to the knowledge of the  Stockholders,  threatened,
that involves any Employee Plan or Benefit Arrangement which could reasonably be
expected to result in a liability to L&L, any  employees or directors of L&L, or
any  fiduciary  (as defined in ERISA  Section  3(21)) of such  Employee  Plan or
Benefit Arrangement.

            (i) No  employee or former  employee of L&L will become  entitled to
any bonus,  retirement,  severance,  job security or similar benefit or enhanced
benefit (including  acceleration of compensation,  an award, vesting or exercise
of an  incentive  award) or any fee or payment of any kind solely as a result of
any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

            (j) L&L is not a party to any  agreement,  contract,  arrangement or
plan that has resulted or would result,  separately or in the aggregate,  in the
payment of any "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of
the Code (i.e., a golden parachute).

            (k)  Neither  L&L  nor  the  Stockholders   maintains  or  has  ever
maintained  an  "employee  benefit  plan" (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA)
which is or was (i) a plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or (ii) a "multiemployer
plan" (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA).  Neither L&L nor the  Stockholders
know of any facts or circumstances  that might give rise to any liability to the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation under Title IV of ERISA.

      Section 3.19Taxes.

            (a) All  Returns  required  to be filed by or on  behalf of L&L have
been  duly  filed  and such  Returns  (including  all  attached  statements  and
schedules) are true, complete and correct.  All Taxes due have been paid in full
on a timely  basis,  and no other Taxes are payable by L&L with respect to items
or periods  covered by such Returns  (whether or not shown on or  reportable  on
such Returns) or with respect to any period prior to the Closing Date.

            (b) L&L has withheld  and paid over all Taxes  required to have been
withheld and paid over (including any estimated taxes),  and has complied in all
material  respects  with  all  information   reporting  and  backup  withholding
requirements, including maintenance of required records with respect thereto, in
connection  with amounts paid or owing to any  employee,  creditor,  independent
contractor, or other third party.

            (c) There are no Liens on any of the  assets of L&L with  respect to
Taxes,  other than Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or for Taxes that are
being  contested in good faith  through  appropriate  proceedings  and for which
appropriate reserves have been established.

            (d) L&L has  furnished  or made  available  to BNC true and complete
copies of: (i) all federal and state income and franchise tax returns of L&L for
all  periods  beginning  on or after  January  1,  1994,  and (ii) all tax audit
reports, work papers statements of deficiencies, closing or other


                                    -13-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



agreements  received by L&L or on their behalf relating to Taxes for all periods
beginning on or after January 1, 1994.

            (e) Except as disclosed in Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule:

                  (i)  The  Returns  of  L&L  have  never  been   audited  by  a
governmental or taxing authority,  nor is any such audit in process, pending or,
to the knowledge of the Stockholders, threatened (formally or informally).

                  (ii) No  deficiencies  exist or have been asserted  (either in
writing  or  verbally,  formally  or  informally)  or, to the  knowledge  of the
Stockholder,  are to be  asserted  with  respect to Taxes of L&L,  and no notice
(either  formal or  informal)  has been  received by L&L that it has not filed a
Return or paid Taxes required to be filed or paid by it.

                  (iii) L&L is not a party to any pending  action or  proceeding
for  assessment or collection of Taxes,  nor has such action or proceeding  been
asserted or, to the knowledge of the Stockholders,  threatened  (either formally
or informally), against it or any of its assets.

                  (iv)  Except  as  reflected  in  the  Returns,  no  waiver  or
extension  of any statute of  limitations  is in effect with respect to Taxes or
Returns of L&L.

                  (v) There are no requests for  rulings,  subpoenas or requests
for information pending with respect to L&L.

                  (vi) No power of attorney has been granted by L&L with respect
to any matter relating to Taxes.

                  (vii) The amount of liability  for unpaid Taxes of L&L for all
periods  ending on or before the Closing Date will not, to the  knowledge of the
Stockholders,  in the  aggregate,  exceed  the amount of the  current  liability
accruals for Taxes (excluding reserves for deferred taxes), as such accruals are
reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of L&LL&L as of the Closing Date.

            (f) Except as disclosed in Section 3.19 of the Disclosure Schedule:

                  (i) L&L has not issued or  assumed  any  indebtedness  that is
subject to section 279(b) of the Code.

                  (ii) L&L has not entered into any compensatory agreements with
respect to the performance of services which payment  thereunder would result in
a nondeductible expense pursuant to Section 280G of the Code or an excise tax to
the recipient of such payment pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code.



                                    -14-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                  (iii) No election has been made under  Section 338 of the Code
with respect to L&L and no action has been taken that would result in any income
tax  liability  to L&L as a result of deemed  election  within  the  meaning  of
Section 338 of the Code.

                  (iv) No consent  under  Section  341(f) of the Code has been
               filed with respect to L&L.

                  (v)  L&L has not  agreed,  nor is it  required  to  make,  any
adjustment under Code Section 481(a) by reason of change in accounting method or
otherwise.

                  (vi)  L&L has not  disposed  of any  property  that  has  been
accounted for under the installment method.

                  (vii) L&L has not made any of the  foregoing  elections and is
not required to apply any of the foregoing  rules under any comparable  state or
local income tax provisions.

            (g) J.D. Meier will acquire at least 90% of the fair market value of
the net assets  and at least 70% of the fair  market  value of the gross  assets
held  by  L&L   immediately   prior  to  the  Merger.   For   purposes  of  this
representation,  amounts paid by L&L to its stockholders,  assets of L&L used to
pay its reorganization  expenses,  and all redemptions and distributions (except
for regular,  normal  dividends) made by L&L  immediately  preceding the Merger,
will be included as assets of L&L held immediately prior to the Merger.

            (h)  The  liabilities  of L&L  assumed  by the  J.D.  Meier  and the
liabilities to which the transferred  assets of L&L are subject were incurred by
L&L in the ordinary course of its business.

            (i)  L&L  is  not  an  investment  company.  For  purposes  of  this
representation,  the term  "investment  company"  means a  regulated  investment
company,  a real estate  investment  trust,  or a corporation 50% or more of the
value of whose  total  assets  are stock and  securities  and 80% or more of the
value of whose total  assets are assets held for  investment.  In making the 50%
and the 80% determinations under the preceding sentence, stock and securities in
any subsidiary  corporation will be disregarded and the parent  corporation will
be deemed to own its ratable share of the subsidiary's assets.

            (j) L&L is not  under the  jurisdiction  of a court in a Title 11 or
similar case within the meaning of Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.

      Section 3.20Customers.  Section 3.20 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth
a complete and correct list of: (a) all customers whose purchases exceeded 5% of
the aggregate net sales of L&L for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996; and
(b) all customers who have  delivered a notice of  cancellation  or default with
respect to any agreement,  contract or other  arrangement with L&L since January
1, 1996  involving an amount in excess of $20,000 or with whom L&L has delivered
a formal notice of a default with respect to, any  agreement,  contract or other
arrangement since January 1,


                                    -15-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



1996,  involving  an amount in excess of  $20,000,  in each case with or without
cause, prior to the stated expiration thereof.

      Section 3.21Insurance.

            (a) Section 3.21 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  sets forth a true and
complete  list of all policies of insurance,  increased  value,  protection  and
indemnity,   title  insurance,   liability  and  casualty  insurance,   property
insurance, auto insurance,  business interruption insurance, tenant's insurance,
workers' compensation,  life insurance, disability insurance, excess or umbrella
insurance  and any other type of  insurance  insuring  the  properties,  assets,
employees or  operations  of L&L  (collectively  the  "Policies").  L&L has made
available to BNC a true, complete and accurate copy of all Policies.

            (b) All  Policies are in full force and effect.  L&L shall  maintain
the  coverage  under all  Policies in full force and effect  through the Closing
Date.

            (c) Except as set forth in Section 3.21 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
there is no claim by L&L or any other Person  pending  under any of the Policies
as to which coverage has been denied or disputed by the  underwriters or issuers
of such  Policies.  L&L has not received any notice of default and L&L is not in
default under any provision of the Policies.

            (d) Except as set forth in Section 3.21 of the Disclosure  Schedule,
L&L has not since January 1, 1997 received any written  notice from or on behalf
of any insurance  carrier or other issuer  issuing such Policies that  insurance
rates or other  annual  premium  or fee in  effect  as of the date  hereof  will
hereafter  be  materially   increased,   that  there  will  be  a   non-renewal,
cancellation or increase in a deductible (or a material  increase in premiums in
order to maintain an existing deductible) of any of the Policies in effect as of
the  date  hereof,  or  that  material   alteration  of  any  equipment  or  any
improvements to any of the Owned Properties or the Leased  Properties,  purchase
of additional material equipment, or material modification of any of the methods
of doing business of L&L will be required after the date hereof.

      Section  3.22Safety  and Health.  The property and assets of L&L have been
and are being  operated in compliance in all respects with all  Applicable  Laws
designed to protect safety or health, or both, including without limitation, the
Occupational  Safety and Health Act, and the  regulations  promulgated  pursuant
thereto,  except for any  violations or  deficiency  which would not result in a
Material  Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth in Section 3.22 of the Disclosure
Schedule, L&L has not received any written notice of any violations, deficiency,
investigation or inquiry from any Governmental  Entity,  employer or third party
under  any  such  law  and,  to the  knowledge  of  the  Stockholders,  no  such
investigation or inquiry is planned or threatened.

      Section 3.23Labor Matters.

            (a) Set forth in Section 3.23 of the  Disclosure  Schedule is a list
of all: (i)  outstanding  employment,  consulting  or  management  agreements or
contracts with  officers,  directors or employees of L&L that are not terminable
on no more than 30 days notice, or that provide for the


                                    -16-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



payment of any bonus or commission;  and (ii) agreements,  policies or practices
that require L&L to pay termination or severance pay to salaried,  non-exempt or
hourly  employees in excess of 30 days' salary and benefits to any employee upon
termination of such employee's  employment  (other than as required by law). L&L
has made available to BNC complete and correct copies of all such employment and
labor  agreements.  Except  as set  forth  in  Section  3.23  of the  Disclosure
Schedule,  L&L has not  breached or  otherwise  failed to comply in any material
respect with any provisions of any employment and labor agreement, and there are
no grievances outstanding thereunder.

            (b) Except as set forth in Section 3.23 of the Disclosure  Schedule:
(i) L&L is in  compliance  in all material  respects  with all  Applicable  Laws
relating to employment and employment  practices,  wages,  hours,  and terms and
conditions  of  employment;  (ii) there is no unfair  labor  practice  charge or
complaint against L&L pending before any Governmental  Entity; (iii) there is no
representation  claim or petition pending before any Governmental  Entity;  (iv)
there are no charges  with  respect to or  relating  to L&L  pending  before any
Governmental  Entity  responsible  for the  prevention  of  unlawful  employment
practices;  and (v) L&L has not had formal notice from any  Governmental  Entity
responsible  for the  enforcement of labor or employment laws of an intention to
conduct an  investigation of L&L and, to the knowledge of the  Stockholders,  no
such investigation is in progress.

      Section  3.24Transactions  with  Certain  Persons.  Except as set forth in
Section 3.24 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  no director,  officer or employee of
L&L,  L&L or any of their  respective  Affiliates  is  presently  a party to any
transaction  with L&L,  including any contract,  agreement or other  arrangement
providing  for the  furnishing  of services by or the rental of real or personal
property from any such Person or from any of its Affiliates.

      Section  3.25Propriety  of Past  Payments.  Except as set forth in Section
3.25 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  to the knowledge of the Stockholders,  (a) no
funds or assets of L&L have been used for illegal  purposes;  (b) no  unrecorded
funds  or  assets  of  L&L  have  been  established  for  any  purpose;  (c)  no
accumulation  or use of L&L's  corporate  funds or assets has been made  without
being properly  account for on the books and records of L&L; (d) all payments by
or behalf of L&L have been duly and properly  recorded and  accounted for in its
respective books and records; (e) no fraudulent entry has been made in the books
and records of L&L for any reason;  (f) no payment has been made by or on behalf
of L&L with the  understanding  that any part of such  payment is to be used for
any purpose other than that described in the documents  supporting such payment;
and (g) L&L has not made, directly or indirectly,  any illegal  contributions to
any political party or candidate.

      Section  3.26Intellectual  Property. L&L either owns or has valid licenses
to use all  patents,  copyrights,  trademarks,  software,  databases,  and other
technical  information used in its business as presently  conducted,  subject to
limitations  contained  in the  agreements  governing  the  use of  same,  which
limitations  are customary for companies  engaged in businesses  similar to L&L.
L&L is in  compliance  with all such  licenses and  agreements  and there are no
pending  or,  to the  knowledge  of the  Stockholders,  threatened,  Proceedings
challenging  or  questioning  the  validity or  effectiveness  of any license or
agreement  relating to such property or the right of L&L to use, copy, modify or
distribute the same.



                                    -17-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      Section  3.27Bank  Accounts;  Powers  of  Attorney.  Section  3.27  of the
Disclosure Schedule sets forth with respect to each bank account or cash account
maintained by L&L at any bank,  brokerage or other  financial  firm, the name of
the institution at which such account is maintained,  the number of the account,
and the names of the  individuals  having  authority to withdraw funds from such
account.

      Section 3.28Director and Officer Indemnification.  The directors, officers
and employees of L&L are not entitled to  indemnification  by L&L, except to the
extent that indemnification  rights are provided for generally by Applicable Law
or such  corporation's  charter or by-laws  and there are no pending  claims for
indemnification by any such director, officer or employee.

      Section  3.29Brokers' and Finders' Fee. No agent,  broker,  person or firm
acting  on  behalf  of L&L or the  Stockholders  is or will be  entitled  to any
commission or brokers' or finders' fees payable by L&L in connection with any of
the transactions contemplated herein.

      Section  3.30Documents  and  Written  Materials.  Originals  or  true  and
complete  copies of all documents or other written  materials  underlying  items
listed in the  Disclosure  Schedule have been furnished or made available to BNC
in the form in which each of such documents is in effect.

      Section  3.31Effectiveness  of Representations and Warranties.  All of the
representations  and  warranties of L&L and the  Stockholders  in this Agreement
shall be true in all  material  respects on the Closing Date and shall be deemed
to have been made  again by L&L and the  Stockholders  on and as of the  Closing
Date.


                                   ARTICLE 4
                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
                             BNC AND J.D. MEIER

      BNC and the J.D. Meier jointly and severally  represent and warrant to and
agree with L&L and the Stockholders as follows:

      Section 4.1 Organization.  Each of BNC and the J.D. Meier is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
state of its incorporation  and has all requisite  corporate power and authority
to own its properties and carry on its business as it is now being conducted. No
actions or  proceedings  to dissolve  either BNC or the J.D.  Meier are pending.
Each of BNC and the J.D.  Meier is duly qualified or licensed to do business and
is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the property owned,  leased or
operated by it or the conduct of its business  requires such a qualification  or
licensing.  Neither BNC nor J.D.  Meier is in violation of any  provision of its
certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws.

      Section  4.2  Capital  Stock:  (a) The  authorized  capital  stock  of BNC
consists of 10,000,000 shares of BNC Common Stock, of which 2,338,720 shares are
issued and outstanding and 25,380 are held in its treasury, and 2,000,000 shares
of preferred stock, $.01 par value per share,


                                    -18-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



none of which is issued and  outstanding.  All issued and outstanding  shares of
BNC Common Stock have been duly  authorized and are validly  issued,  fully paid
and non-assessable.

            (b)  Except  for  the  options   granted   under   BNC's   incentive
compensation  programs,  an option granted to Dain Bosworth Incorporated in July
1995 and as specified in this Agreement,  there are no outstanding stock options
or other  rights  to  acquire  any  shares  of the  capital  stock of BNC or any
security  convertible  into common stock and BNC does not have any obligation or
other commitment to issue, sell or deliver any of the foregoing or any shares of
its capital stock. All shares of BNC Common Stock have been issued in compliance
with all legal  requirements and without violation of any pre-emptive or similar
rights.

            (c) The shares of BNC Common Stock to be issued hereby,  when issued
in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement,  will be validly issued,  fully
paid and non-assessable.

      Section 4.3 Authority;  Enforceability. Each of BNC and the J.D. Meier has
the  requisite  corporate  power and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this
Agreement and the  Employment  Agreements,  as the case may be, and to carry out
its  obligations   hereunder  and  thereunder.   The  execution,   delivery  and
performance  of  this  Agreement  and  the   Employment   Agreements,   and  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each of BNC and J.D.
Meier , as appropriate, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of either
BNC or J.D.  Meier are necessary to authorize  this  Agreement or the Employment
Agreements or to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby.
This  Agreement  has been,  and the  Employment  Agreements,  when  executed and
delivered  in  accordance  with the terms  hereof  will be,  duly  executed  and
delivered by each of BNC and the J.D. Meier , as the case may be, and constitute
valid and binding  obligations  of each of BNC and the J.D.  Meier , as the case
may be, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, except as
may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
and similar laws affecting the  enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally and
equitable  principles  which may limit the  availability  of  certain  equitable
remedies in certain instances.

      Section 4.4 No  Conflicts.  Neither the execution and the delivery of this
Agreement  or  the  Employment   Agreements  by  BNC  or  J.D.  Meier,  nor  the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby or thereby, nor compliance
with any of the terms hereof or thereof,  do or will (a) conflict with or result
in any breach of the provisions of the certificate or articles of  incorporation
or by-laws of BNC or J.D.  Meier,  (b) result in the  violation or breach of, or
constitute  (with or without  due notice or the lapse of time or both) a default
(or give rise to any right of termination,  cancellation or acceleration) under,
any of  the  terms,  conditions  or  provisions  of any  note,  bond,  mortgage,
indenture,  license,  contract,  agreement or other  instrument or obligation to
which  either  BNC or J.D.  Meier is a party  or by  which  any of them or their
respective  properties or assets may be bound,  or (c) violate any order,  writ,
injunction,  decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to either BNC or the
J.D. Meier or any of their respective properties or assets.

      Section 4.5 Consent. No consent,  approval,  order or authorization of, or
declaration,  filing or  registration  with,  any  Governmental  Entity or other
Person is required to be  obtained  or made by BNC or J.D.  Meier in  connection
with the execution, delivery or performance by BNC or J.D.


                                    -19-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



Meier of this Agreement or the Employment  Agreements or the consummation by any
of them of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

      Section 4.6 Brokers' and Finders'  Fee. No Person  acting on behalf of BNC
or J.D.  Meier is or will be entitled to any  commission or brokers' or finders'
fees payable by BNC or J.D.  Meier in  connection  with any of the  transactions
contemplated herein.

      Section 4.7 Effectiveness of  Representations  and Warranties.  All of the
representations  and warranties of BNC and J.D. Meier in this Agreement shall be
true in all  material  respects on the Closing  Date and shall be deemed to have
been made again by BNC and J.D. Meier on and as of the Closing Date.


                                   ARTICLE 5
                             PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

      Section 5.1 Legal Requirements.

            (a)  Subject  to the  conditions  set forth in  Section 6 and to the
other  terms and  provisions  of this  Agreement,  each of the  parties  to this
Agreement agrees to take, or cause to be taken, all reasonable actions necessary
to comply promptly with all legal requirements  applicable to it with respect to
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will promptly cooperate with
and furnish  information to each other in connection with any such  requirements
imposed upon any of them. Each of L&L, the Stockholders, BNC and J.D. Meier will
take all reasonable  actions  necessary to obtain,  and will cooperate with each
other in  obtaining,  any consent,  authorization,  order or approval of, or any
exemption by, any Governmental Entity or other public or private party, required
to be  obtained or made by it or the taking or any action  contemplated  by this
Agreement in order to effect the Merger in accordance with this Agreement at the
earliest practicable date.

      Section 5.2 Access to Properties and Records.  Until the Closing Date, L&L
shall allow BNC and its authorized  representatives  full access,  during normal
business hours and on reasonable  notice, to all of L&L's  properties,  offices,
equipment,  inventory and other assets, documents,  files, books and records, in
order to allow BNC a full opportunity to make such  investigation and inspection
as its  desires of L&L's  business  and assets.  L&L shall  further use its best
efforts to cause its employees, counsel and independent public accountants to be
available upon reasonable  notice to answer  questions of BNC's  representatives
concerning  the  business  and  affairs of L&L,  and shall  further use its best
efforts  to cause  them to make  available  all  relevant  books and  records in
connection with such inspection and examination,  including, without limitation,
work papers for all audits and reviews of financial statements of L&L.

      Section 5.3 Conduct of Business By Both Parties Prior to the Closing Date.
During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, L&L and
BNC shall each use its  reasonable  best  efforts to  preserve  the  goodwill of
suppliers,  customers  and  others  having  business  relations  with it and its
subsidiaries  and to do  nothing  knowingly  to impair  its  ability to keep and
preserve  its  business  as it  exists  on the date of this  Agreement.  Without
limiting the generality of


                                    -20-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



the  foregoing,  during  the  period  from  the  date of this  Agreement  to the
Effective Time neither BNC (and BNC shall cause its subsidiaries not to) nor L&L
shall (and L&L shall without the prior written consent of the other:

            (a) declare,  set aside,  increase or pay any dividend including any
stock  dividend,  or  declare  or make  any  distribution  on,  or  directly  or
indirectly combine,  redeem,  reclassify,  purchase,  or otherwise acquire,  any
shares of its capital stock.

            (b) amend its  articles of  incorporation  or  by-laws,  or adopt or
amend any resolution or agreement  concerning  indemnification of its directors,
officers, employees or agents;

            (c) commit or omit to do any act which act or omission would cause a
breach  of  any  covenant  contained  in  this  Agreement  or  would  cause  any
representation  or warranty  contained in this Agreement to become untrue in any
material respect,  as if each such representation and warranty were continuously
made from and after the date hereof;

             (d)  violate  any  applicable  law,  statute,  rule,   governmental
regulation or order that would have a Material Adverse Effect on such party;

            (e) fail to maintain  its books,  accounts  and records in the usual
manner on a basis consistent with that heretofore employed;

            (f)  fail to pay,  or to make  adequate  provision  in all  material
respects for the payment of, all Taxes,  interest payments and penalties due and
payable (for all periods up to the Effective Time, including that portion of its
fiscal year to and including the Effective Time) to any city, parish, state, the
United  States,  foreign  or any other  taxing  authority,  except  those  being
contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and for which  sufficient
reserves have been established, or make any elections with respect to Taxes; or

            (g) authorize any of, or agree or commit to do any of, the foregoing
actions.

      Section 5.4 Conduct of Business By L&L Prior to the Closing  Date.  During
the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, in addition to
its  covenants  set forth in  Section  5.3,  L&L shall use its best  efforts  to
preserve  the  possession  and  control  of all of its  assets  other than those
permitted  to be  disposed of  pursuant  to the terms of this  Agreement,  shall
conduct its business only in the ordinary course  consistent with past practice,
and, except as otherwise  provided  herein,  shall not without the prior written
consent of BNC:

            (a) make any material  change in the conduct of its  businesses  and
operations or enter into any  transaction  other than in the ordinary  course of
business consistent with past practices;

            (b)  issue  any  additional   shares  of  capital  stock  or  equity
securities or grant any option, warrant or right to acquire any capital stock or
equity securities;  issue any security  convertible into or exchangeable for its
capital stock; alter any material term of any of its outstanding


                                    -21-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



securities  or make any change in its  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock or
other ownership interests or its  capitalization,  whether by reason of exchange
or readjustment of shares, stock dividend or otherwise;

            (c) incur,  assume or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money,
issue any notes,  bonds,  debentures or other corporate  securities or grant any
option, warrant or right to purchase any thereof;

            (d)  make  any  sale,  assignment,  transfer,  abandonment  or other
conveyance  of  any  of  its  material  assets  or  any  part  thereof,   except
transactions pursuant to existing contracts set forth in the Disclosure Schedule
and dispositions of worn-out or obsolete  equipment for fair or reasonable value
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

            (e) subject any of its assets or  properties  to a Lien other than a
Permitted Lien;

            (f)  acquire  any  assets  or  properties,  or enter  into any other
transactions, other than in the ordinary course of business;

            (g) make or commit to make any capital  expenditure not disclosed in
Section 5.4 of the Disclosure Schedule;

            (h) pay,  loan or advance any amount to, or sell,  transfer or lease
any  properties or assets to, or enter into any agreement or  arrangement  with,
any of its Affiliates;

            (i)  guarantee  any  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money or any other
obligation of any other Person;

            (j) fail to keep in full force and effect  insurance  comparable  in
amount and scope to coverage  maintained  by it (or on behalf of it) on the date
hereof;

            (k)  take  any   other   action   that   would   cause  any  of  the
representations  and warranties made by L&L in this Agreement not to remain true
and correct in all material respects;

            (l) make any loan, advance or capital  contribution to or investment
in any Person;

            (m) make any  change  in any  method  of  accounting  or  accounting
principle,  method,  estimate or practice except for any such change required by
reason of a concurrent  change in generally  accepted  accounting  principles or
write-down the value of any inventory or write-off as uncollectible any accounts
receivable  except in the  ordinary  course  of  business  consistent  with past
practices;

            (n) enter  into or  modify  any  employment,  severance  or  similar
agreement or arrangement with any director or employee, or grant any increase in
the rate of wages,  salaries,  bonuses or other  compensation or benefits of any
executive officer or other employee other than


                                    -22-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>


increases in wages,  salaries,  bonuses,  compensation  or  benefits to field or
operating employees made in the ordinary course of business;

            (o)    enter into any new line of business;

            (p)  make  any  tax   election   that  is   inconsistent   with  any
corresponding election made on a prior return or settle or compromise any income
tax  liability  for an  amount  in  excess  of the  liability  therefor  that is
reflected on the L&L Financial Statements; or

            (q) authorize any of, or agree or commit to do any of, the foregoing
actions.

      Section  5.5 Public  Statements.  Prior to the Closing  Date,  none of the
parties to this  Agreement  shall,  and each party shall use its best efforts so
that none of its advisors,  officers,  directors or employees shall, except with
the prior written consent of the other parties, publicize,  announce or describe
to any third  person,  except  their  respective  advisors  and  employees,  the
execution or terms of this  Agreement,  the parties  hereto or the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  except as required by law or as required pursuant to this
Agreement  to obtain the consent of such third  person;  provided,  in any case,
that BNC may make such disclosures and announcements as it is advised by counsel
are necessary under applicable securities laws.

      Section 5.6 No  Solicitation.  The  Stockholders and L&L will not prior to
the earlier of the Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Section  7.1,  (nor will they  permit  any of their  Affiliates  or any of L&L's
officers,  directors or agents to) directly or indirectly solicit or participate
or engage in or  initiate  any  negotiations  or  discussions,  or enter into or
authorize any agreement or agreements in principle, or announce any intention to
do any of the foregoing, with respect to any offer or proposal to acquire all or
any significant part of L&L's business and properties or any L&L Common Stock or
other capital stock or securities,  whether by merger, exchange,  consolidation,
purchase of assets,  purchase of stock or otherwise.  The  Stockholders  and L&L
will  notify  BNC  promptly  upon  receipt  of  any  inquiry,   offer  or  other
communication from any third party regarding any such activities.

      Section 5.7 Update  Information.  Each party hereto will promptly disclose
to the other any information contained in its representations and warranties and
on the  related  section of the  Disclosure  Schedule  that  because of an event
occurring  after the date hereof is incomplete or no longer  correct;  provided,
however,  that none of such  disclosures  will be deemed or modified,  amend, or
supplement the  representations  and warranties of such party,  unless the other
party consents to such modification, amendment, or supplement in writing.

      Section 5.8 Consultation and Reporting. During the period from the date of
this Agreement to the Closing Date, L&L will, subject to any applicable legal or
contractual  restrictions,  confer on a regular and  frequent  basis with BNC to
report  material  operational  matters  and to report on the  general  status of
ongoing  operations.  L&L will notify BNC of any  unexpected  emergency or other
change  in  the  normal  course  of its  business  or in  the  operation  of its
properties  and of any  governmental  complaints,  investigations,  adjudicatory
proceedings,  or hearings  (or  communications  indicating  that the same may be
contemplated) and will keep the other fully informed of such events


                                    -23-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



and permit its representatives  prompt access to all materials prepared by or on
behalf of such party or served on them, in connection therewith.


                                   ARTICLE 6
                              CLOSING CONDITIONS

      Section  6.1  Conditions   Applicable  to  all  Parties.   The  respective
obligations of each party to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or, where permissible,  waiver by
such party of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing Date:

            (a)  No  statute,   rule,   regulation,   executive  order,  decree,
preliminary or permanent  injunction or restraining  order shall be in effect by
any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity which prohibits
or  restricts  the  consummation  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement,  and no action,  suit,  claim or proceeding by a Governmental  Entity
before any court or other  Governmental  Entity shall have been commenced and be
pending which seeks to prohibit or restrict the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement; and

            (b) All consents and approvals of any Governmental  Entity necessary
for  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby  shall  have  been
obtained.

      Section  6.2  Conditions  to  Obligations  of BNC  and  J.D.  Meier  . The
obligations of BNC and J.D. Meier to consummate the transactions contemplated by
this  Agreement are subject to the  satisfaction  of the  following  conditions,
unless waived by BNC and J.D. Meier :

            (a) The  representations  and warranties of L&L and the Stockholders
set forth in this Agreement  shall be true and correct in all material  respects
as of the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing  Date as though made on
and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise  contemplated by this Agreement,
and L&L and the Stockholders  shall have performed in all material  respects all
obligations required to be performed by them under this Agreement at or prior to
the Closing Date.

            (b) All  consents  and  approvals  of third  parties  necessary  for
consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement shall have been
obtained.

            (c) Each of the  Stockholders  shall have  executed and delivered to
BNC an Employment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "C."

            (d) BNC shall have received a  certificate,  dated the Closing Date,
of the  president  of L&L and  each  of the  Stockholders  certifying  as to the
matters specified in Section 6.2(a).

            (e) L&L will  have  delivered  to BNC,  each  dated as of a date not
earlier than five days prior to the Closing Date,  (i) copies of the articles of
incorporation  certified by the  appropriate  government  official of L&L,  (ii)
certificates from the appropriate governmental official to the effect


                                    -24-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



that L&L is in good standing in L&L's  jurisdiction of incorporation and listing
all  organizational  documents on file, (iii) a certificate from the appropriate
governmental  official  in each  jurisdiction  in which L&L is  qualified  to do
business to the effect that it is in good standing in such jurisdiction and (iv)
certificates as to the tax status of L&L in its jurisdiction of organization and
each jurisdiction in which it is qualified to do business.

            (f) BNC shall  have  received  a  certificate  of a duly  authorized
officer of L&L,  dated the Closing Date,  certifying as to the incumbency of any
person  executing this Agreement or any certificate or other document  delivered
in connection with this Agreement and certifying as to such other matters as BNC
shall reasonably request.

            (g) BNC shall have  received a letter from Arthur  Andersen LLP, its
independent public  accountants,  stating that the Merger qualifies as a pooling
of interests under generally accepted accounting principles.

            (h) Any and all changes  made to the  Disclosure  Schedule  shall be
satisfactory in all respects to BNC.

      Section 6.3  Conditions to Obligations  of L&L and the  Stockholders.  The
obligations  of  L&L  and  the   Stockholders  to  consummate  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the  satisfaction of the following
conditions, unless waived by L&L and the Stockholders:

            (a) The  representations  and  warranties of BNC and J.D.  Meier set
forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of
the date of this  Agreement  and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as
of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, and BNC
and J.D.  Meier shall have  performed in all material  respects all  obligations
required to be performed by them under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing
Date.

            (b) BNC shall have the Merger  Consideration  available for delivery
pursuant to Section 2.

            (c)  BNC  shall  have   executed  and   delivered  to  each  of  the
Stockholders an Employment Agreement.

            (d) L&L shall have received a  certificate,  dated the Closing Date,
of the president of BNC and J.D. Meier certifying as to the matters specified in
Section 6.3(a).

            (e) All governmental and other  third-party  consents and approvals,
if any, necessary to permit the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement will have been received.

            (f) The Lahr and  Charnholm  Agreements  shall have been  amended to
incorporate the following changes:



                                    -25-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                   (i) employment  term:  from the effective date of the Merger
until termination on December 31, 2000.

                  (ii) salary:  $100,000 per calendar year commencing January 1,
1998; no commissions.

                  (iii)  health  insurance:  Employee  and his  spouse  shall be
entitled to coverages  equal to the benefits  provided by BNC to its  management
level  employees  as of January 1, 1998,  and until the employee and his spouse,
respectively,  are  eligible  for benefits  under the Federal  Medicare  System;
provided that the employee remains  employed by BNC or one of its  subsidiaries.
After  employee  is no longer  employed by BNC or one of its  subsidiaries,  the
employee will reimburse BNC for the costs of insurance  coverage for himself and
his spouse.

            (g) BNC shall have executed guarantee agreements with respect to the
Lahr and Charnholm Agreements.


                                   ARTICLE 7
                           TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT

     Section  7.1  Termination.  This  Agreement  may be  terminated  and may be
abandoned at any time prior to the Closing Date:

                  (a)    by mutual consent of BNC, L&L and the Stockholders ;

                  (b) by BNC,  L&L or the  Stockholders,  as the case may be, if
(a) there  shall have been a material  breach of any  representation,  warranty,
covenant or agreement on the part of L&L or the  Stockholders  or on the part of
BNC or J.D.  Meier,  as the case may be,  which breach shall not have been cured
prior to the earlier of (i) 10 days following notice of such breach and (ii) the
Closing Date; or (b) any permanent injunction or other order of a court or other
competent  Governmental Entity preventing the transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement shall have become final and nonappealable; or

                  (c) by BNC or L&L if the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
Agreement  shall  not have  been  consummated  on or before  January  31,  1998;
provided,  that the right to terminate this Agreement  under this Section 7.1(c)
shall not be  available  to any party whose  breach of its  representations  and
warranties  in this  Agreement or whose  failure to perform any of its covenants
and  agreements  under  this  Agreement  has  resulted  in  the  failure  of the
transactions contemplated by this agreement to occur on or before such date.

      Section 7.2 Effect of  Termination.  In the event of a termination of this
Agreement as provided in Section 7.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void
and there shall be no liability or obligation under any provisions hereof on the
part of BNC, L&L or the  Stockholders,  except (a) pursuant to the covenants and
agreements  contained in Section 10.1 and this Section 7.2 and (b) to the extent
that such termination results from the willful material breach by a party hereto
of any of


                                    -26-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



its  representations,  warranties,  covenants  or  agreements  set forth in this
Agreement,  in which case the non-breaching  party shall have a right to recover
its damages caused thereby.

      Section 7.3 Extension;  Waiver. At any time prior to the Closing Date, the
parties  hereto  may,  in their  respective  sole  discretion  and to the extent
legally  allowed,  (a)  extend  the  time  for  the  performance  of  any of the
obligations  or  other  acts  of  the  other  parties  hereto;   (b)  waive  any
inaccuracies in the  representations  and warranties  contained herein or in any
document  delivered  pursuant thereto;  and (c) waive compliance with any of the
agreements or conditions  contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party
hereto to any such  extension  or waiver  shall be valid  only if set forth in a
written instrument signed by or on behalf of such party.


                                   ARTICLE 8
                           INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

     Section 8.1 Indemnification by Stockholders.  Except as otherwise expressly
provided in  -------------------------------  this Article 8, from and after the
Closing Date the Stockholders shall defend,  indemnify and hold harmless BNC and
each of BNC's officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, successors and assigns
(BNC and such persons,  collectively,  "BNC's Indemnified  Persons"),  and shall
reimburse  BNC's  Indemnified  Persons,  for,  from and  against  each and every
demand,  claim,  action,  loss,  liability,  judgment,  damage, cost and expense
(including,  without limitation,  interest,  penalties, costs of preparation and
investigation, and the reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of attorneys,
accountants and other professional advisors) (collectively, "Losses") imposed on
or incurred by BNC's Indemnified Persons,  directly or indirectly,  relating to,
resulting  from or arising out of: (a) any inaccuracy in any  representation  or
warranty  of L&L or the  Stockholders  in  this  Agreement  or any  certificate,
document or other instrument delivered or to be delivered pursuant hereto in any
respect whether or not BNC's Indemnified Persons relied thereon or had knowledge
thereof or (b) any breach or nonperformance of any covenant,  agreement or other
obligation of L&L or the  Stockholders  under this Agreement or any certificate,
document or other instrument delivered pursuant hereto..

      Section 8.2 Indemnification by BNC. Except as otherwise expressly provided
in this Article 8, from and after the Closing Date BNC shall  defend,  indemnify
and hold  harmless the  Stockholders  and each of their  respective  Affiliates,
successors  and  assigns  (such  persons,   collectively,   "L&L's   Indemnified
Persons"),  and shall reimburse L&L's Indemnified Persons, for, from and against
all Loses  imposed on or  incurred  by L&L's  Indemnified  Persons,  directly or
indirectly, relating to, resulting from or arising out of: (a) any inaccuracy in
any representation or warranty of BNC or the J.D. Meier in this Agreement or any
certificate,  document  or other  instrument  delivered  pursuant  hereto in any
respect whether or not L&L's Indemnified Persons relied thereon or had knowledge
thereof or (b) any breach or nonperformance of any covenant,  agreement or other
obligation  of BNC or  J.D.  Meier  under  this  Agreement  or any  certificate,
document or other instrument delivered pursuant hereto.

      Section 8.3 Notice and Defense of Third Party  Claims.  If any third party
demand,  claim,  action or  proceeding  shall be brought or asserted  under this
Article 8 against an indemnified party


                                    -27-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



or any  successor  thereto  (the  "Indemnified  Person")  in  respect  of  which
indemnity may be sought under this Article 8 from an indemnifying  person or any
successor thereto (the "Indemnifying Person"), the Indemnified Person shall give
prompt  written  notice  thereof to the  Indemnifying  Person who shall have the
right to  assume  its  defense,  including  the  hiring  of  counsel  reasonably
satisfactory to the Indemnified  Person and the payment of all expenses;  except
that any delay or failure to so notify the Indemnifying Person shall relieve the
Indemnifying  Person of its obligations under this Article 8 only to the extent,
if at all,  that it is  prejudiced  by  reason  of such  delay or  failure.  The
Indemnified Person shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any of the
foregoing  actions,  claims or  proceedings  and to  participate  in the defense
thereof,  but the fees and expenses of such  counsel  shall be at the expense of
the Indemnified  Person unless both the Indemnified  Person and the Indemnifying
Person  are named as  parties  and the  Indemnified  Person  shall in good faith
determine that representation by the same counsel is inappropriate. In the event
that the Indemnifying Person, within ten days after notice of any such action or
claim, does not assume the defense thereof,  the Indemnified Personal shall have
the right to undertake  the defense,  compromise  or  settlement of such action,
claim or proceeding for the account of the Indemnifying  Person,  subject to the
right of the Indemnifying Person to assume the defense of such action,  claim or
proceeding with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person at any
time  prior  to the  settlement,  compromise  or  final  determination  thereof.
Anything in this Article 8 to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the  Indemnifying
Person shall not,  without the  Indemnified  Person's prior  consent,  settle or
compromise  any  action or claim or consent  to the entry of any  judgment  with
respect to any action, claim or proceeding for anything other than money damages
paid by the  Indemnifying  Person.  The  Indemnifying  Person  may,  without the
Indemnified Person's prior consent,  settle or compromise any such action, claim
or  proceeding  or consent  to entry of any  judgment  with  respect to any such
action or claim  that  requires  solely  the  payment  of money  damages  by the
Indemnifying  Person and that  includes  as an  unconditional  term  thereof the
release by the  claimant or the  plaintiff  of the  Indemnified  Person from all
liability in respect of such action, claim or proceeding.

      Section 8.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties.

            (a)  The  obligation  of  the   Stockholders   to  indemnify   BNC's
Indemnified  Persons  pursuant to Section 8.1 shall survive the  consummation of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

            (b) The  obligation of BNC to indemnify  L&L's  Indemnified  Persons
pursuant  to Section  8.2 shall  survive the  consummation  of the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

            (c) The  provisions  of this  Article 8 shall  apply to any claim of
Loss  resulting or arising from any untruth or inaccuracy of any  representation
or warranty of any party to this  Agreement  which gives rise to an indemnity to
one party from  another  party or parties,  with the intent that all such claims
shall be subject to the procedures,  limitations and other provisions  contained
in this Article 8. The indemnification  provided by Sections 8.1 and Section 8.2
shall be the sole and exclusive  remedy  available to the parties hereto for any
breach or inaccuracy of any of the  representations or warranties by a party set
forth in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the provisions of this
Article 8 shall not be deemed to preclude an action by any party for,


                                    -28-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>
or a recovery pursuant to a final decision of a court of competent  jurisdiction
against any party for, actual, and not negligent or unintentional, fraud.


                                   ARTICLE 9
                                 DEFINED TERMS

      Section  9.1  Definitions.  In addition  to the other  defined  terms used
herein, as used in this Agreement, the following terms when capitalized have the
meanings indicated.

     "Affiliate" has the meaning  ascribed by Rule 12b-2  promulgated  under the
Exchange Act.

      "Agreement"  means  this  Agreement  and  Plan of  Merger,  including  the
Exhibits  hereto  and the  Disclosure  Schedule,  all as  amended  or  otherwise
modified from time to time.

      "Applicable  Law"  means  any  statute,  law,  rule or  regulation  or any
judgement, order, writ, injunction or decree of any Governmental Entity to which
a specified Person or its property is subject.

      "Benefit Arrangement" means any employment, severance or similar contract,
or any other  contract,  plan,  policy or  arrangement  (whether or not written)
providing for compensation,  bonus, profit-sharing,  stock option or other stock
related  rights or other forms of incentive or deferred  compensation,  vacation
benefits, insurance coverage (including any self-insured arrangement), health or
medical benefits, disability benefits, severance benefits and post-employment or
retirement benefits (including  compensation,  pension,  health, medical or life
insurance  benefits),  other than the Employee  Plans,  that (a) is  maintained,
administered  or  contributed  to by the employer and (b) covers any employee or
former employee of the employer.

      "Additional Shares" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1.

     "Articles  of Merger"  means the  Articles  of Merger in the form  attached
hereto as Exhibit "B."

     "Closing" means the  consummation of the Merger and the other  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

      "Closing Date" means the date on which the Closing occurs.

      "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

      "Disclosure  Schedule" means the disclosure  schedules and other documents
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  "D"  prepared  by L&L  and  the  Stockholders  in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

      "Effective Time" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.2.


                                    -29-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      "Employee  Plan" means a plan or arrangement as defined in Section 3(3) of
ERISA,  that (a) is  subject  to any  provision  of  ERISA,  (b) is  maintained,
administered  or  contributed  to by the employer and  (c)covers any employee or
former employee of the employer.

      "Employment  Agreement" means an agreement in the form attached as Exhibit
"C" hereto to be entered into between BNC and each of the Stockholders.

      "Environmental  Laws" means all federal,  state,  local and foreign  laws,
common law duties,  ordinances,  codes and regulations  relating to pollution or
the protection of the environment.

      "ERISA"  means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as
amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

      "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

      "Governmental  Entity" means any court or tribunal in any  jurisdiction or
any public,  governmental or regulatory body,  agency,  department,  commission,
board, bureau or other authority or instrumentality.

      "Indemnified Person" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.3.

      "Indemnifying Person" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.3.

      "knowledge"  whenever the term "knowledge" or "to the knowledge," or words
of similar  import are used herein,  the same shall mean and include any fact or
circumstance to which the affected Person either (a) had actual knowledge of, or
(b) should have had knowledge of, based upon reasonable inquiry made.

     "Lahr and Charnholm  Agreements" has the meaning  ascribed to it in Section
2.6.

      "L&L Annual  Financial  Statements"  means the balance  sheets and related
statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows, and the related
notes thereto of L&L as of and for the fiscal years ended  December 31, 1996 and
1995.

      "L&L Common Stock" means the common stock of L&L.

      "L&L Financial  Statements" means the L&L Annual Financial  Statements and
the L&L Interim Financial Statements, collectively.

      "L&L Indemnified Persons" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.2.

      "L&L Interim  Financial  Statements" means the unaudited balance sheet and
the related  unaudited  statements of income and cash flows of L&L as of and for
the nine-month period ended September 30, 1997.



                                    -30-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      "Leases"  means any executory  lease to which L&L is subject having future
rental payments of more than $20,000 in the aggregate.

      "Leased Properties" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.11.

      "Liens"  means  pledges,  liens,  defects,  leases,  licenses,   equities,
conditional sales contracts, charges, claims, encumbrances,  security interests,
easements,  restrictions, chattel mortgages, mortgages or deeds of trust, of any
kind or nature whatsoever.

      "Material Adverse Effect" means any fact, circumstance, event or condition
which has or would have a material  adverse effect on the business,  operations,
assets, financial condition of or prospects of L&L.

      "Material  Contract,"  with  respect to any  Person,  means any  executory
contract,  agreement or other understanding,  whether or not reduced to writing,
to which such Person or its respective property is subject,  including,  without
limitation,  (a) contracts,  agreements and commitments not made in the ordinary
course of  business  involving  an amount in  excess of  $20,000;  (b)  purchase
contracts  and supply  contracts  involving an amount in excess of $20,000 on an
annual basis; (c) contracts, loan agreements,  repurchase agreements, mortgages,
security agreements,  trust indentures,  promissory notes and other documents or
arrangements  relating to the borrowing of money or for lines of credit; (d) any
hedge,  swap,  exchange,   futures  or  similar  agreements  or  contracts;  (e)
agreements and other  arrangements  for the sale of any assets other than in the
ordinary  course of  business  or for the grant of any  options or  preferential
rights to purchase any assets,  property or rights involving an amount in excess
of $20,000;  (f) any joint venture,  partnership or similar  contract  involving
sharing  revenues,  expenses  or  profits;  (g)  any  non-disclosure  agreement,
non-competition   agreement,  tax  indemnity,  tax  sharing  or  tax  allocation
agreement;  (h)  documents  granting  any power of attorney  to any Person;  (i)
suretyship  contracts,  working  capital  maintenance or other forms of guaranty
agreements  other  than bonds and  letters of credit  executed  or  obtained  in
connection with the submission of bids to contracting  parties; (j) contracts or
commitments  limiting or  restraining  such Person from engaging or competing in
any lines of business  or with any  Person;  or (k)  stockholder  agreements  or
agreements relating to the sale issuance or other transfer of any securities.

     "Merger" means, the merger of L&L with and into J.D. Meier pursuant to this
Agreement and the Articles of Merger.

      "Merger Consideration" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1.

      "Multiemployer  Plan"  means a plan or  arrangement  as defined in Section
4001(a)(3) and 3(37) of ERISA.

      "NBCA" means the North Dakota  Business  Corporation  Act, as amended from
time to time.

      "Owned Properties" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.10.



                                    -31-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      "Permitted   Liens"  means  any   mechanic's,   worker's,   materialmen's,
operator's,  maritime or other liens  arising as a matter of law in the ordinary
course of business.

      "Personal Property" means all machinery,  equipment,  furniture,  fixtures
and other corporeal or incorporeal  (tangible and intangible)  personal property
used by L&L to carry on its business as presently conducted.

      "Person"  means an  individual,  firm,  corporation,  general  or  limited
partnership,  limited liability company,  limited liability  partnership,  joint
venture,  trust,  governmental  authority or body,  association,  unincorporated
organization or other entity.

      "Policies" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.21.

      "Pre-Closing  Periods"  means all Tax  periods  ending  at or  before  the
Closing Date and,  with respect to any Tax period that includes but does not end
at the Closing  Date,  the portion of such period that ends at and  includes the
Closing Date.

     "Primary  Share  Delivery  Date" has the meaning  ascribed to it in Section
2.2.

      "Primary Shares" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.1.

      "Proceedings" means any suit, action, proceeding,  dispute or claim before
or investigation by any Governmental Entity.

      "Returns"  means  all  returns,  reports,   estimates,   declarations  and
statements of any nature regarding Taxes for any Pre-Closing  Period required to
be filed by the taxpayer relating to its income, properties or operations.

      "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      "Surviving Corporation" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.1.

      "Taxes"  means  any  federal,   state,  local,   foreign  or  other  taxes
(including,   without  limitation,   income,  alternative  minimum,   franchise,
property,  sales, use, lease,  excise,  premium,  payroll,  wage,  employment or
withholding  taxes),  fees,  duties,  assessments,  withholdings or governmental
charges of any kind whatsoever  (including interest,  penalties and additions to
tax).

      "BNC Common  Stock" means the common stock,  $.01 par value per share,  of
BNC.

      "BNC's Indemnified Persons" has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.1.




                                    -32-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE 10
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 10.1Confidentiality.

            (a) Until the Closing Date and subsequent to the termination of this
Agreement  pursuant to Section 7.1, BNC will not utilize  (except in  evaluating
the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement) and will keep confidential and
will not disclose to any third party any information  obtained by it from L&L or
its   representatives   in  connection  with  this  Agreement  except  (a)  that
information  may be  disclosed  by BNC to its  advisors in  connection  with the
negotiation of and the activities  conducted pursuant to this Agreement,  or (b)
to the extent that such  information  is or becomes  generally  available to the
public through no act or omission of BNC in violation of this Agreement.

            (b) Until the Closing Date and subsequent to the termination of this
Agreement  pursuant to Section  7.1, L&L and the  Stockholders  will not utilize
(except in evaluating the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement) and will
keep  confidential  and will not  disclose  to any third  party any  information
obtained by it from BNC or its representatives in connection with this Agreement
except  (a)  that  information  may be  disclosed  by BNC  to  its  advisors  in
connection with the negotiation of and the activities conducted pursuant to this
Agreement,  or (b) to the extent that such  information is or becomes  generally
available to the public through no act or omission of L&L or the Stockholders in
violation of this Agreement.

      Section 10.2Remedies.  Any party having any rights under any provisions of
this Agreement will have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and
all rights and remedies which such party may have been granted at any time under
any other effective agreement or contract and all of the other rights which such
party may have under any Applicable Law. Any party having any rights or remedies
under this  Agreement  will be  entitled to enforce  such  rights  specifically,
without  posting a bond or other  security,  to recover damages by reason of any
breach of any  provision  of this  Agreement  and to exercise  all other  rights
granted by law.

      Section 10.3Notices. All notices hereunder must be in writing and shall be
deemed to have given upon receipt of delivery  by: (a) personal  delivery to the
designated  Person,  (b) certified or registered mail,  postage prepaid,  return
receipt  requested,  (c)  a  nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  service
(against a receipt therefor) or (d) facsimile  transmission with confirmation of
receipt.  All such notices must be addressed as follows or such other address as
to which any party hereto may have notified the other in writing:

      If to BNC or J.D. Meier , to:

      322 East Main
      Bismarck, North Dakota 58501
      Attention:  Tracy J. Scott
                  Gregory K. Cleveland
      Facsimile transmission No.:   701-222-3653


                                    -33-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      if to L&L or the Stockholders, to:

      500 North Ninth Street
      Bismarck, North Dakota  58501
      Attention:  Gary E. Lahr
      Facsimile transmission No.:  701-223-8522

      Section  10.4Interpretation;  Schedules.  (a) When a reference  is made in
this Agreement to a section or exhibit, such reference shall be to a section of,
or an exhibit  to,  this  Agreement  unless  otherwise  indicated.  The table of
contents and headings  contained in this  Agreement are for  reference  purposes
only and  shall not  affect in any way the  meaning  or  interpretation  of this
Agreement.  Whenever the words "include,"  "includes" or "including" are used in
this  Agreement,  they  shall be deemed  to be  followed  by the words  "without
limitation."

            (b) The  information  set forth in the  Disclosure  Schedule to this
Agreement is  qualified in its entirety by reference to the specific  provisions
of this Agreement, and is not intended to constitute, and shall not be construed
as constituting,  separate  representations  or warranties of the party to which
the Disclosure  Schedule  relates  except as and to the extent  provided in this
Agreement.  Inclusion of  information  in the  Disclosure  Schedule shall not be
construed as an admission that such  information is material for purposes of the
specific  provisions  of this  Agreement  to  which  such  information  relates.
Information  included in the  Disclosure  Schedule that is not required to be so
included under the specific  provisions of this Agreement  shall be deemed to be
included for informational purposes only.

      Section  10.5Headings;  Gender. When a reference is made in this Agreement
to a section, exhibit or schedule, such reference shall be to a section, exhibit
or schedule of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.  The table of contents
and headings  contained in this  Agreement are for  reference  purposes only and
shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. All
personal  pronouns  used in this  Agreement  shall  include  the other  genders,
whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, and the singular shall
include the plural and vice versa, whenever and as often as may be appropriate.

      Section 10.6Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement
(including  the  documents,  exhibits  and  instruments  referred to herein) (a)
constitutes  the entire  agreement  and  supersedes  all prior  agreements,  and
understandings and communications, both written and oral, among the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof, and (b) is not intended to confer upon any
person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

      Section  10.7Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed
in accordance  with the laws of the State of North Dakota  without regard to any
applicable principles of conflicts of law.

      Section  10.8Assignment.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor any of the rights,
interests  or  obligations  hereunder  shall be  assigned  by any of the parties
hereto  (whether by operation  of law or  otherwise)  without the prior  written
consent of the other parties.


                                    -34-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



      Section 10.9Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement
is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable
of being  enforced  by  reason of any rule of law or  public  policy,  all other
conditions and provisions of this Agreement  shall  nevertheless  remain in full
force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby is not affected in any adverse manner to either party. Upon
such  determination  that any term or other  provision  is  invalid,  illegal or
incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to
modify  this  Agreement  so as to effect the  original  intent of the parties as
closely as possible  in an  acceptable  manner to the end that the  transactions
contemplated  hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible,  and in any case such
term or provision shall be deemed amended to the extent  necessary to make it no
longer invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

      Section  10.1Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in multiple
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original  and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same document.

      Section  10.1Amendment.  This  Agreement  may not be amended  except by an
instrument in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement to be
signed themselves or by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date
first written above.

                                    BNCCORP., INC.



                                    By:/s/ Gregory K. Cleveland
                                       Gregory K. Cleveland
                                       President

                                    J.D. MEIER INSURANCE COMPANY



                                    By:/s/ James Bierdeman
                                       James Bierdeman
                                       President

                                    LIPS & LAHR, INC.


                                    By:/s/ Gary E. Lahr
                                       Gary E. Lahr
                                       President




                                    -35-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                                    STOCKHOLDERS:



                                         /s/ William Wade
                                         William Wade



                                         /s/ Dale Ely
                                         Dale Ely



                                         /s/ Laif Olson
                                         Laif Olson



                                         /s/ Richard Lahr
                                         Richard Lahr



                                         /s/ David Clausnitzer
                                         David Clausnitzer


                                    -36-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT A
                             MERGER CONSIDERATION
                                PRIMARY SHARES

      The  information  set forth  below is  intended  only to  demonstrate  the
calculation   of  the  number  of  Primary  Shares  to  be  distributed  to  the
Stockholders  on the Primary Share Delivery Date.  The numbers  included  herein
will be adjusted to reflect the  financial  statements of L& L as of and for the
year ended December 31, 1997, when such financial  statements  delivered to BNC.
The price per share of BNC Common  Stock and the  commission  multiple,  $15 and
1.75,   respectively,   contained  herein,   will  not,  however,  be  adjusted.
Capitalized  terms are used  herein as  defined in the  Agreement  to which this
exhibit is attached.


Purchase Price
   1995 Gross commission income            $  1,621,352
   1996 Gross commission income               1,606,177
   1997 Gross commission income (Ann)         1,582,155
                                           ------------
      TOTAL                                $  4,809,684
                                           ============
      AVERAGE OF THREE YEARS               $  1,603,228
                                           ============
Average @ 1.75                                           $    2,805,649
Less
   Liabilities assumed
      Gary Volk contract                         251,211
      Daniel Halvorson contract                  275,786
      Evan Lips contract                         127,776
      Gary Lahr contract                         578,576
      Brad Charnholm contract                    578,576
      Bank note payable                          102,616
      Accounts payable                             3,237
      Accrued expenses                            76,158
      Insurance company payables                 347,044
      Other liabilities                                0
                                            ------------
         Total liabilities                     2,340,980
   Assets acquired
      Cash                                     (126,841)
      Accounts receivable                      (142,907)
      Notes Receivable                          (44,025)
      Less Bad Debt Reserve & W/O's              77,863
      Land                                           (0)
      L/H improvements, net of accum. deprec.        (0)
      F&Fixtures, net of accum deprec.         (105,223)
      Other assets                                   (0)
      Great West Profit Sharing Receivable      (72,566)
      Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance    (51,368)
      Prepaid Federal Income Tax                (15,680)
      Prepaid State Income Tax                   (5,760)
                                           -------------
         Total assets                          (486,506)


Excess of liabilities over assets                           (1,854,474)
                                                         --------------
Purchase price                                           $     951,175
                                                         =============
BNC shares issued @ $15/share                                   63,412
                                                         =============

                                                               Fractional
Lips & Lahr Shareholders               L&L Shares  BNC Shares       Cash
- -------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  -----------
William Wade/Susan Becker               396.62       14,158       $26.84
Dale Ely                                344.89       12,312       $14.53
Laif Olson                              344.89       12,312       $14.53
Rich Lahr                               344.89       12,312       $14.53
David Clausnitzer                       344.89       12,312       $14.53
                                       ----------  ----------  -----------
                                        1776.18      63,406       $84.96


                                    -37-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT A-1


                             MERGER CONSIDERATION
                               ADDITIONAL SHARES

      The  information  set forth  below is  intended  only to  demonstrate  the
calculation  of  the  number  of  Additional  Shares  to be  distributed  to the
Stockholders  on the first  anniversary  of the Primary Share Delivery Date. The
numbers  included  herein  will be  adjusted  to reflect  the  actual  notes and
accounts  receivable  balances of L & L as of  December  31, 1997 and the actual
amount  accrued by L & L at December 31, 1997 for profit  sharing  payments from
certain  insurance  companies to be received in 1998 for business  transacted in
1997 (the  "Contingency  Payment  Accrual").  The price per share of BNC  Common
Stock  of $15 and the  total  reserve  for  notes  and  accounts  receivable  of
$100,000,  contained herein, will not, however,  be adjusted.  Capitalized terms
are used herein as defined in the Agreement to which this exhibit is attached.


      On  the  first  anniversary  of  the  Primary  Share  Delivery  Date,  the
Stockholders  will be  entitled  to  receive  the number of shares of BNC Common
Stock  calculated in accordance  with the  following  equation:  (A + B + C + D)
divided by $15 and,  pursuant to Section 2.5 of the  Agreement,  a check for any
amount representing a fractional share both allocated to the Stockholders in the
same proportions as the shares delivered on the Primary Share Delivery Date.

WHEREIN:

     "A" is equal to the  amount  collected  on the M. G.  Fleck  Trucking  note
receivable  exceeding  $16,353.00 (12/31/97 note balance of $46,353 less reserve
of $30,000);

"B" is equal to the amount  collected on the Moos  Trucking LLC note  receivable
exceeding $0.00 (12/31/97 note balance of $22,137 less reserve of $22,137);

"C" is  equal to the  amount  collected  on all  accounts  receivable  exceeding
$167,472.00  (12/31/97  total trade  accounts  receivable  of  $215,335.00  less
remaining reserve of $47,863.00 ($100,000 total agreed-upon reserve less amounts
reserved for M.G. Fleck Trucking and Moos Trucking LLC notes receivable)); and

"D" is equal to the amount  collected in 1998 for profit  sharing  payments from
certain insurance companies for business transacted in 1997 less the Contingency
Payment Accrual made by L & L as of December 31, 1997.



                                    -38-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT B

                              ARTICLES OF MERGER

                                      of

                               Lips & Lahr, Inc.
                         (a North Dakota corporation)

                                 with and into
                      J. D. Meier Insurance Agency, Inc.
                         (a North Dakota corporation)

                 (filed pursuant to Section 10-19.1-58 of the
                    North Dakota Business Corporation Act)

     In  order  to  effect  the  merger  of Lips & Lahr,  Inc.,  a North  Dakota
corporation ("L & L"), with and into J. D. Meier Insurance Agency, Inc., a North
Dakota  corporation  ("J.  D.  Meier"),  each of J. D. Meier and L & L certifies
that:

     First:  The Amended & Restated  Agreement and Plan of Merger  between L & L
and J. D. Meier (the  "Agreement"),  providing  for the merger of L & L with and
into J. D. Meier (the "Merger") has been duly approved by the  shareholders of L
& L and J. D. Meier  entitled  to vote on such  matters in  accordance  with the
requirements of Section 10-19.1-98 of the North Dakota Business Corporation Act.

     Second: A copy of the Agreement is attached hereto and made a part hereof.

     Third:  These  Articles of Merger  shall be effective on the date filed and
recorded with the Secretary of State of North Dakota.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  these  Articles of Merger have been executed on this
1st day of  January,  1998 by J. D.  Meier and L & L, each  acting  through  its
President and Secretary.

                                          J. D. MEIER INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.
Attest:                                   a North Dakota Corporation



By: /s/ Gregory K. Cleveland              By:/s/ James Bierdeman
        Secretary                                President




                                    -39-
COR\60713.4

<PAGE>


                                          LIPS & LAHR, INC.
Attest:                                   a North Dakota Corporation



By: /s/ Dale Ely                         By: /s/ Gary Lahr
    Secretary                                President


                                    -40-
COR\60713.4









                                                                 Exhibit 10.13


                    THIRD AMENDMENT TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
                                AND TERM NOTE


      This  Amendment,  dated as of the date set forth below,  is by and between
the bank (the "Bank") and the borrower (the "Borrower") identified below.


                                   RECITALS

      The Bank and the Borrower acknowledge the following:

      A. The Bank and the  Borrower  have  executed a Term Loan  Agreement  (the
"Agreement",  and the  Borrower has executed a Term Note (the "Note") both dated
February 19,1996,  and the Borrower has executed certain other related documents
(collectively the "Loan Documents")  setting forth the terms and conditions upon
which  the  Borrower  may  obtain a term  loan  from the  Bank in an  amount  of
$3,000,000.

      B. The Agreement and the Note were amended on February 11,1997 and on July
16,1997.

      C. The Bank and the Borrower now wish to further  amend the  Agreement and
the Note pursuant to the terms and  provisions  of this Third  Amendment to Term
Loan Agreement and Term Note (the "Amendment").


                                  AGREEMENTS

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the recitals and mutual  agreements
which  follow  and  other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Bank and the Borrower agree as
follows:

     1.  Extension of Maturity Date. The reference to "February 19, 1998" in the
Note as the  maturity  date of the loan is  hereby  deleted  and  replaced  with
"February 19, 1999."

      2. Primary  Capital to Assets.  Paragraph 4.15 (d) is deleted and replaced
with the following:

            (d) Primary  Capital to Assets for BNC National Bank as follows:  at
      least 6.25%  measured as of March 31, 1998: at least 6.50%  measured as of
      June 30, 1998; at least 6.75%  measured as of September  30, 1998;  and at
      least 7.00%  measured as of December 31, 1998.  Primary  Capital to Assets
      for BNC National  Bank of  Minnesota of at least 7.0%  measured as of each
      March 31, 1998, June 30, 1998, September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1998.

      3. Return on Assets.  Paragraph  4.15 (c) of the  Agreement is deleted and
replaced with the following:



<PAGE>



            (c) an average  return on Assets for BNC  National  Bank of at least
      .70% measured as of March 31, 1998; at least .75% measured as of each June
      30, 1998 and  September 30, 1998 and at least .85% measured as of December
      31, 1998. An average return on Assets of BNC National Bank of Minnesota of
      at least  1.00%  measured  as of each  March  31,  1998,  June  30,  1998,
      September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1998.

      4.  Effectiveness  of Prior  Documents.  Except  as  specifically  amended
hereby,  the Agreement  shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with
its terms.  All  warranties  and  representations  contained  therein are hereby
reconfirmed.  All collateral  previously given to secure the Agreement continues
as  security  and all  guarantees  remain in full force and  effect.  This is an
amendment, not a novation.

      5.  Preconditions  to  Effectiveness.  This  Amendment  shall only  become
effective  upon  execution  by the  Borrower  and the Bank,  and approval by all
guarantors (if any) and any other third party required by the Bank.

      6.  No  Waiver  of  Defaults;  Warranties.  This  Amendment  shall  not be
construed as or be deemed to be a waiver by the Bank of existing defaults by the
Borrower,  whether known or  undiscovered  All agreements,  representations  and
warranties made herein shall survive the execution of this Amendment.

      7.   Counterparts.   This  Amendment  may  be  signed  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  each of which shall be  considered  an  original,  but when taken
together shall constitute one document.

      8.  Authorization.  The Borrower and all guarantors (if any) represent and
warrant that the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Amendment and the
documents  referenced herein are within the corporate or partnership  powers (as
applicable)  of the Borrower and all corporate or  partnership  guarantors,  and
have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action.

      Dated as of February 19, 1998.


                                          BNCCORP, INC.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By: /s/ Gregory K. Cleveland
                                              Gregory K. Cleveland, President


                                          FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.
                                          (Bank)


                                          By: /s/ Lynn F. Hebel
                                              Lynn F Hebel, Vice President







                                                                 Exhibit 10.14


                THIRD AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
                          AND REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE


      This Third Amendment to Revolving  Credit  Agreement and Revolving  Credit
Note, dated as of the date specified below (the "Amendment"),  is by and between
the borrower (the "Borrower") and the bank (the "Bank") identified below.


                                   RECITALS

      A. The Borrower and the Bank have  executed a Revolving  Credit  Agreement
(the  "Agreement")  and the Borrower  has executed a Revolving  Credit Note (the
"Note"),  both dated  February  19,1996,  and the Borrower  (and if  applicable,
certain third parties) have executed the documents  identified in Article III of
the  Agreement  and certain  other  related  documents  (collectively  the "Loan
Documents"),  selling forth the terms and conditions upon which the Borrower may
obtain  loans  from the Bank from time to time in the  aggregate  amount  not to
exceed $7,000,000.

      B. The  Agreement  and the Note were amended on February  11,1997 and July
16,1997, and the Note was increased to $12,000,000.

      C. The  Borrower has  requested  that the Bank permit  certain  additional
modifications to the Agreement and the Note as described below.

      C.    The Bank has agreed to such  modifications,  but only upon the terms
            and conditions outlined in this Agreement.


                              TERMS OF AGREEMENT

      In consideration of the mutual covenants  contained herein,  and for other
good and valuable consideration, the Borrower and the Bank agree as follows:

     1. Extension of Maturity Date. All references to "February 19, 1998" in the
Note and the Agreement as the maturity  date of the loan are hereby  deleted and
replaced with "February 19, 1999."

      2. Primary  Capital to Assets.  Paragraph 4.15 (a) is deleted and replaced
with the following:

            (a) Primary  Capital to Assets for BNC National Bank as follows:  at
      least 6.25%  measured as of March 31, 1998; at least 6.50%  measured as of
      June 30, 1998; at least 6.75%  measured as of September  30, 1998;  and at
      least 7.00%  measured as of December 31, 1998.  Primary  Capital to Assets
      for BNC National  Bank of  Minnesota of at least 7.0%  measured as of each
      March 31, 1998, June 30, 1998, September 30, 1998 and December 31, 1998.



<PAGE>



      3. Return on Assets.  Paragraph  4.15(d) of the  Agreement  is deleted and
replaced with the following

      (d) an  average  return on Assets for BNC  National  Bank of at least .70%
      measured as of March 31, 1998;  at least .75% measured as of each June 30,
      1998 and September 30, 1998; and at least .85% measured as of December 31,
      1998. An average  return on Assets of BNC National Bank of Minnesota of at
      least 1.00% measured as of each March 31, 1998,  June 30, 1998,  September
      30, 1998 and December 31, 1998.

      4.  Effectiveness  of Prior  Documents.  Except  as  specifically  amended
hereby,  the Agreement,  the Note and the other Loan  Documents  shall remain in
full force and effect in accordance with their respective  terms. All warranties
and representations  contained in the Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
hereby reconfirmed as of the date hereof. All collateral  previously provided to
secure the Agreement  and/or the Note continues as security,  and all guaranties
guaranteeing  obligations  under the Loan  Documents  remain  in full  force and
effect. This is an amendment, not a novation.

      5.  Preconditions  to  Effectiveness.  This  Amendment  shall only  become
effective  upon  execution  by the  Borrower  and the Bank,  and approval by all
guarantors (if any) and any other third party required by the Bank.

      6.  No  Waiver  of  Defaults;  Warranties.  This  Amendment  shall  not be
construed as or be deemed to be a waiver by the Bank of existing defaults by the
Borrower,  whether known or undiscovered.  All agreements,  representations  and
warranties made herein shall survive the execution of this Amendment.

      7.   Counterparts.   This  Amendment  may  be  signed  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  each of which shall be  considered  an  original,  but when taken
together shall constitute one document.

      8.  Authorization.  The Borrower and all guarantors (if any) represent and
warrant that the execution,  delivery and  performance of this Amendment and the
documents  referenced herein are within the corporate or partnership  powers (as
applicable)  of the Borrower and all corporate or  partnership  guarantors,  and
have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action.

      Dated as of February 19, 1998.


                                          BNCCORP, INC.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By: /s/Gregory K. Cleveland
                                              Gregory K. Cleveland, President


                                          FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE N.A. (Bank)


                                          By: /s/ Lynn F. Hebel
                                               Lynn F Hebel, Vice President








                                                                 Exhibit 10.15

                            STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                               FOR THE GRANT OF
                       INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS UNDER THE
                                 BNCCORP, INC.
                           1995 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


      THIS  AGREEMENT  is entered  into as of  January  2,1998,  by and  between
BNCCORP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Name ("Optionee").

     WHEREAS Optionee is a key employee of the Company and the Company considers
it desirable  and in its best  interest  that Optionee be given an inducement to
acquire a  proprietary  interest in the Company and an  incentive to advance the
interests  of the  Company by  possessing  an option to  purchase  shares of the
common  stock of the Company,  $.01 par value per share (the "Common  Stock") in
accordance with the BNCCORP, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan").

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises,  it is agreed by and
between the parties as follows:

                                      I.

                                Grant of Option

      The Company hereby grants to Optionee effective January 2, 1998 (the "Date
of Grant") the right,  privilege and option to purchase  Shares shares of Common
Stock (the "Option") at an exercise price equal to the closing price of BNCCORP,
Inc.  common stock as listed on the NASDAQ at the close of the market on January
2, 1998 of $17.00.  The Option  shall be  exercisable  at the time  specified in
Section II below.  The Option is an incentive  stock option under Section 422 of
the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the "Code") and shall not be
treated as a non-qualified stock option.

                                      II.

                               Time of Exercise

      2.1 Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the other provisions of this
Section II, and provided  that the Optionee  remains  employed by the Company on
the dates the Option  becomes  exercisable,  the  Optionee  shall be entitled to
exercise the Option as follows:

            a. During the period  beginning  on the Date of Grant and ending one
      year after the Date of Grant,  Optionee is not  entitled  to exercise  any
      portion of the Option.

            b. During the period  beginning one year after the Date of Grant and
      ending two years after the Date of Grant, Optionee is entitled to exercise
      the Option to purchase  20% of the total  number of shares  covered by the
      Option.




<PAGE>



            c. During the period beginning two years after the Date of Grant and
      ending  three  years  after the Date of Grant,  Optionee  is  entitled  to
      exercise the Option to purchase 40% of the total number of shares  covered
      by the Option, less any shares previously purchased.

            d. During the period  beginning  three years after the Date of Grant
      and ending  four years  after the Date of Grant,  Optionee  is entitled to
      exercise the Option to purchase 60% of the total number of shares  covered
      by the Option, less any shares previously purchased.

            e.  During the period  beginning  four years after the Date of Grant
      and ending  five years  after the Date of Grant,  Optionee  is entitled to
      exercise the Option to purchase 80% of the total number of shares  covered
      by the Option, less any shares previously purchased.

            f.  During the period  beginning  five years after the Date if Grant
      and ending ten years  after the Date of Grant,  Optionee  is  entitled  to
      exercise the Option to purchase 100% of the total number of shares covered
      by the Option, less any shares previously purchased.

The Option shall expire and may not be exercised  later than ten years after the
Date of Grant.

      2.2 During Optionee's lifetime, the Option may be exercised only by him or
his guardian if he has been declared  incompetent.  If Optionee's  employment is
terminated,  other  than as a result of death,  disability  or  retirement,  the
Option must be exercised,  to the extent  exercisable at the time of termination
of employment,  within 30 days of the date on which he ceases to be an employee,
except that the Committee may upon request  extend the period after  termination
of employment  during which the Option may be  exercised,  but in no event later
than ten years after the date of grant.

      2.3 If an Optionee ceases to be an employee  because of disability  within
the meaning of Section  22(e)(3) of the Code,  the Option must be exercised,  to
the  extent  otherwise  exercisable,  within  one year from the date on which he
ceases to be an employee, but in no event later than ten years after the date of
grant.

      2.4 In the event of Optionee's  death while  employed by the Company,  the
Option  must be  exercised  by his  estate,  or by the person to whom such right
evolves from him by reason of his death,  to the extent  otherwise  exercisable,
within  one year from the date of death,  but in no event  later  than ten years
after the date of grant.

      2.5 In the  event of the  Optionee's  retirement  from the  employ  of the
Company,  the Option must be  exercised,  to the extent  otherwise  exercisable,
within  one year from the date of  retirement,  but in no event  later  than ten
years after the date of grant.

                                     III.

                         Method of Exercise of Option

      3.1 Optionee may exercise all or a portion of the Option by  delivering to
the Company a signed  written  notice of his  intention  to exercise the Option,
specifying  therein the number of shares to be purchased.  Upon  receiving  such
notice, and after the Company has received full payment of the




<PAGE>



Exercise Price, the appropriate  officer of the Company shall cause the transfer
of title of the shares pur chased to Optionee on the Company's stock records and
cause to be issued to  Optionee  a stock  certificate  for the  number of shares
being  acquired.  Optionee shall not have any rights as a shareholder  until the
stock certificate is issued to him.

      3.2 The Option may be exercised  by the payment of the  Exercise  Price in
cash, in shares of Common Stock held for six months or in a combination  of cash
and shares of Common  Stock held for six months.  The  Optionee may also pay the
Exercise Price by delivering a properly  executed  exercise notice together with
irrevocable  instructions  to a broker  approved by the  Compensation  Committee
(with a copy to the  Company) to  promptly  deliver to the Company the amount of
sale or loan proceeds to pay the Exercise Price.

                                      IV.

                      No Contract of Employment Intended

      Subject  to the terms of any  Employment  Agreement  that may be in effect
from time to time,  nothing in this  Agreement  shall  confer upon  Optionee any
right to continue in the  employment of the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,
or to  interfere  in  any  way  with  the  right  of the  Company  or any of its
subsidiaries to terminate Optionee's employment relationship with the Company or
any of its subsidiaries at any time.

                                      V.

                                Binding Effect

      This  Agreement  shall  inure to the  benefit of and be  binding  upon the
parties  hereto  and  their  respective  heirs,  executors,  administrators  and
successors.

                                      VI.

                              Non-Transferability

      The Option granted  hereby may not be  transferred,  assigned,  pledged or
hypothecated in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will
or by the  laws  of  descent  and  distribution  and  shall  not be  subject  to
execution, attachment or similar process.














<PAGE>


                                     VII.

                            Inconsistent Provisions

      The Option  granted  hereby is subject to the provisions of the Plan as in
effect on the date hereof and as it may be amended.  In the event any  provision
of this  Agreement  conflicts  with  such a  provision  of the  Plan,  the  Plan
provision shall control.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement  to be
executed on the day and year first above written.

                                    BNCCORP, INC.


                                    By: /s/ Jerry Woodcox
                                        Jerry Woodcox, Member
                                        of the Compensation Committee



                                    Name
                                    Optionee


                                                                   Exhibit 10.16



                               CONTRACT OF SALE

      AGREEMENT made this 29th day of August,  1997, by and between BNC National
Bank, a National Banking Association, (Buyer) and Preferred Investment Services,
Inc., an Illinois corporation, (Seller).

                             W I T N E S S E T H:

      WHEREAS,   Seller   pursuant  to  written   agreement   provides   certain
administrative  services with respect to Preferred  Pension  Investors  I-87, an
Illinois  partnership formed to permit employee benefit plan trusts to buy, sell
and  otherwise  deal  with  stocks,  bonds  and other  fixed  income  securities
consistent with the investment objectives of ERISA; and

     WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell and assign its rights and obligations under
such written agreement; and

      WHEREAS, Buyer desires to assume certain administrative obligations and to
buy from the Seller under the terms and  conditions  set forth herein its rights
under said written agreement.

      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
hereinafter set forth, the parties have agreed and by these presents do agree as
follows:


                    ARTICLE 1: PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

1.01  On the Closing Date (hereinafter  defined) the Seller shall sell and Buyer
      shall purchase all of the Seller's  right,  title,  and interest in and to
      the  following  designated  assets  owned by the  Seller as the same shall
      exist on the Closing Date (collectively, the "Assets"):

      (a)   All  rights,   privileges,  and  interests  in  the  INVESTORS  I-87
            MANAGEMENT  AGREEMENT  dated  April  21,  1987,  ("I-87  Agreement")
            between Preferred Investment  Services,  Inc., and Preferred Pension
            Investors I-87, a partnership.

      (b)   All   books   and   records,    historical   billing    information,
            correspondence  files,  customer files or any other business records
            relating to or used in connection with the servicing of the contract
            mentioned in subparagraph (a) above.


                    ARTICLE 2: PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENTS

2.01  Purchase  Price.  Buyer  agrees to pay to Seller in  consideration  of the
      Assets  described  above  the  aggregate  sum of 4.71  per cent (%) of the
      assets under management on August 31, 1997 pursuant to the I-87 Agreement.



<PAGE>



2.02 Method of Payment of Purchase  Price.  The purchase  price shall be paid as
     follows:

      (a)   Earnest Money. Contemporaneously with the signing of this Agreement,
            Buyer  shall pay Seller the sum of Three  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
            ($300,000.00) (the "Earnest Money"). The Earnest Money shall be paid
            on  the  purchase  price.   In  the  event  that  the   transactions
            contemplated  by this Agreement are not  consummated  for any reason
            other than a material  breach of this Agreement by Buyer the Earnest
            Money promptly shall be returned to Buyer.

      (b)   Cash Payment For  Balance.  Buyer shall pay to Seller the balance of
            the purchase price by wire transfer or other  immediately  available
            funds pursuant to subparagraph  (c) below. As soon as possible after
            Closing,  Seller  shall  furnish  Buyer with a  detailed  listing of
            assets under  management  pursuant to the I-87 Agreement  along with
            the  valuation of the assets on August 31, 1997.  Such listing shall
            be in the  form  of the  August  31,  1997  participants  statements
            prepared by Huntington Trust Company.

     (c)  Final Accounting. Buyer shall be liable for all costs and expenses and
          shall be entitled to all income resulting from the  administration  of
          the Assets from and after August 31, 1997.  Seller shall be liable for
          all costs and expenses  and shall be entitled to all income  resulting
          from the  administration  of the Assets  prior to  September  1, 1997.
          Realizing  that  both  costs and  expenses  are  billed  and paid on a
          quarterly  basis, a final  accounting,  including sums due pursuant to
          subparagraph  (b)  above,  shall  be  prepared  by Buyer  within  five
          business  days after  receipt from Seller of all invoices for expenses
          for the  administration  of the Assets for the third  quarter of 1997.
          Buyer  shall pay the total  invoices  for the third  quarter and shall
          receive credit against the purchase price for the actual  expenses due
          for the months of July and August  1997.  Seller shall assign to Buyer
          the right to receive the quarterly  management  fee from the Preferred
          Pension  Investors I-87  Partnership  for management of the Assets and
          Buyer shall  credit to Seller the actual  management  fees due for the
          months of July and  August  1997.  The  final  accounting  along  with
          payment for the balance due shall be remitted to Seller not later that
          the fifth  business day following  receipt by Buyer of the  statements
          for expenses as mentioned above.


                     ARTICLE 3: ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITlES

3.01  Except as expressly set forth below in this paragraph 3.01, Buyer does not
      assume any  liabilities  or  obligations  of the  Seller and Seller  shall
      defend,  indemnify  and hold Buyer  harmless  from and against any and all
      obligations  or  liabilities  of the Seller  other  than  those  expressly
      assumed.  From and after the Closing  Date,  Buyer  shall  assume and pay,
      perform and  discharge,  and indemnify  and hold Seller  harmless from and
      against, the following future liabilities,  obligations and commitments of
      Seller to be observed  and  performed by Seller from and after the Closing
      Date except  obligations,  liabilities or commitments accrued prior to the
      Closing Date:

      (a)   All of Seller's  obligations and commitments from and under the I-87
            Agreement  referred  to in  subparagraph  1.01  as the  same  may be
            modified  with the  cooperation  of Buyer on or prior to the Closing
            Date.




<PAGE>



               ARTICLE 4: CLOSING DATE AND CLOSING TRANSACTIONS

4.01  The Closing of this  Agreement  shall be held on August 31, 1997.  Closing
      shall take place at Seller's  offices in Bismarck,  North Dakota,  or such
      location as Buyer and Seller shall mutually agree.

4.02  Seller  agrees  that on the  Closing  Date it will  deliver  to Buyer such
      assignments  and consents to  transfer,  all in form  satisfactory  to the
      Buyer's counsel,  as shall be effective to transfer to Buyer the assets to
      be  conveyed,  transferred  and  delivered  to Buyer as  provided  in this
      Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller shall
      deliver to Buyer:

      (a)   Appropriate  instruments,  in form  satisfactory to Buyer's counsel,
            assigning and  transferring  to Buyer as of the Closing Date, all of
            the Seller's  right,  title and interest in, to and under all of the
            rights, assets and properties described in Section 1.01.


            ARTICLE 5: REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS

5.01  Seller  hereby  represents  and  warrants  to  Buyer  as  follows,   which
      representation and warranties, together with all other representations and
      warranties of Seller in this Agreement,  shall,  subject to the provisions
      of paragraph 9.02 hereof, survive the date hereof and the closing:

      (a)   Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
            standing  under  the  laws  of the  state  of  Illinois  and has all
            requisite  power and  authority  to enter  into this  Agreement  and
            perform its obligations hereunder.

      (b)   The execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller has been duly
            and validly  authorized and approved by all necessary  action by the
            Seller,   and  this  Agreement  is  valid  and  binding   agreement,
            enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms.

      (c)   The execution and carrying out of this Agreement and compliance with
            the  provisions  hereof by Seller will not violate any  provision of
            law,  will not,  with or  without  the  giving of notice  and/or the
            passage of time, conflict with or result in any breach of any of the
            terms or conditions  of, or constitute a default under any agreement
            or other  instrument  to which  Seller  is a party or by which it is
            bound,  and will not result in the  creation  of any lien  charge or
            encumbrance upon Seller's assets conveyed hereunder.

      (d)   Seller has, or will secure,  all requisite  consents and assignments
            and is entitled  to sell and convey to the Buyer all rights,  assets
            and property described in Section 1.01 hereof, free and clear of all
            liens, pledges, encumbrances, charges and adverse claims whatsoever.

      (e)   There are no actions, suits, proceedings, or investigations pending,
            or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, against Seller which may
            materially   adversely  affect  the  assets  conveyed  hereunder  or
            customer  relations  of  Seller's  clients or the right of Seller to
            dispose of the  assets  being  sold  hereunder,  or to enter into or
            carry out this Agreement,  nor does Seller know of any basis for any
            such litigation, proceeding or investigation in the future.



<PAGE>



      (f)   No  representation or warranty made herein by Seller, or any written
            statement,  schedule  or  certificate  furnished  to Buyer  pursuant
            hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby by
            the Seller contains any untrue Statement of material fact or omits a
            material fact necessary to make the statement  contained therein not
            misleading.

      (g)   Seller has timely  filed all  Federal  and state  income tax returns
            relating to the assets conveyed and there are no proceedings pending
            nor to the knowledge of Seller  threatened  that would result in the
            imposition of  additional  tax based on income which might result in
            filing of a lien on any of the assets being acquired hereunder.

      (h)   The  contract  to be  transferred  or  assigned  to Buyer under this
            Agreement  will,  on the Closing  Date, be in full force and effect.
            Seller  represents  and  warrants  that  Seller has  complied in all
            material  respects with the  provisions of such contacts and is not,
            and at the time of Closing  will not be in  material  default  under
            such contract.

5.02 Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

      (a)   Buyer is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in good
            standing under the applicable laws of the State of North Dakota, and
            has all requisite  power and authority to enter into this  Agreement
            and perform its obligations hereunder.

      (b)   The execution and delivery of this  Agreement by Buyer has been duly
            and validly  authorized  and approved by all necessary  action,  and
            this  Agreement is valid and binding upon Buyer in  accordance  with
            its terms.

      (c)   The execution and carrying out of this  Agreement and the compliance
            with the  provisions  hereof by Buyer will not violate any provision
            of law,  will not,  with or without the giving of notice  and/or the
            passage of time, conflict with or result in any breach of any of the
            terms or conditions  of, or constitute a default under any agreement
            or  other  instrument  to  which  Buyer is a party or by which it is
            bound,  and will not result in the  creation of any lien,  charge or
            encumbrance upon Buyer's assets.

      (d)   No  representation  or  warranty  of  Buyer,  or  any  statement  or
            certificate  furnished to Seller hereunder or in connection with the
            transactions  contemplated  hereby,  contains  or will  contain  any
            untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a
            material fact necessary to make the statement  contained therein not
            misleading  (except to the extent that such  statements  are made in
            reliance on Seller's representations and warranties).


                     ARTICLE 6: CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS

6.01  The obligation of Buyer to perform or fulfill or carry out its agreements,
      undertakings  and  obligations  herein made or expressed to be  performed,
      fulfilled  or  carried  out on or after the date  hereof  and on or before
      Closing Date is and shall be subject to fulfillment of or compliance with,
      on the  date  hereof  and on or  before  Closing  Date,  of the  following
      conditions precedent, any of which may be waived by Buyer:




<PAGE>
      (a)   Seller's  representations and warranties contained in this Agreement
            shall be true in all material respects;  Seller shall have performed
            and complied in all material  respects with all agreements  required
            by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it prior to or
            on the closing date.

      (b)   There shall not have been  instituted by any third party any suit or
            proceeding to restrain or  invalidate  this  transaction  or seeking
            damages from or to impose obligations upon Buyer as a result of this
            transaction  which, in Buyer's good faith  judgment,  based upon the
            written  advice of counsel,  a copy of which shall be  delivered  to
            Seller,  would  involve  expense  or  lapse  of time  that  would be
            materially adverse to Buyer's interests.

      (c)   There shall have been no material adverse change in the assets under
            management pursuant to the agreement between the date hereof and the
            Closing Date,  and the business of Seller shall have been  conducted
            between the date hereof and the Closing Date in the ordinary  course
            of business consistent in all material respects with past practices.

6.02  The  obligation  of  Seller  to  perform  or  fulfill  or carry  out their
      agreements, undertakings and obligations herein made or expressed or to be
      performed,  fulfilled  or carried  out on or after the date  hereof is and
      shall be subject to  fulfillment  of or  compliance  with,  on the Closing
      Date, the following  conditions  precedent,  any of which may be waived by
      Seller:

      (a)   Buyer's  representations and warranties  contained in this Agreement
            shall be true in all material respects.

      (b)   There shall not have been  instituted by any third party any suit or
            proceeding to restrain or  invalidate  this  transaction  or seeking
            damages  from or to impose  obligations  upon  Seller as a result of
            this transaction  which in Seller's good faith judgment,  based upon
            the written advice of counsel, a copy of which shall be delivered to
            Buyer,  would  involve  expense  or  lapse  of time  that  would  be
            materially adverse to Seller's interests.


                              ARTICLE 7: CLOSING

7.01 The Closing Date shall be August 31, 1997.

7.02  If this  Agreement is  terminated  because of the mutual  agreement of the
      parties or because any condition precedent to the obligations set forth in
      Section  6 hereof  has not been  timely  satisfied  or  waived,  then this
      Agreement  shall become null and void and have no further  effect,  except
      that Seller and Buyer shall  continue to indemnify  and hold  harmless the
      other, its officers,  directors,  partners or affiliated companies against
      any claim  arising out of any breach of such  party's,  or its  affiliated
      company's,  representations  and warranties with respect to the absence of
      any claim by any broker, finder, agent or other intermediary.


                             ARTICLE 8: INDEMNITY

8.01  Seller  agrees from and after the Closing  Date to  indemnify  and to hold
      Buyer  harmless from and against and in respect of any losses  incurred by
      Buyer from:


<PAGE>



      (a)   Breach of any  representation or warranty or  non-fulfillment of any
            agreement or covenant on the part of the Seller  which  survives the
            Closing Date under this Agreement.

      (b)   Any claims  made by  creditors  of Seller  relating to the assets
            conveyed hereunder

      (c)   All reasonable costs and expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys'
            fees)  incurred  by  Buyer in  connection  with  any  action,  suit,
            proceeding,  demand,  assessment or judgment  incident to any of the
            matters Buyer is indemnified against by Seller in this Agreement.

      (d)   All  costs  and  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees)
            incurred by Buyer as a result of the failure of Seller to secure any
            consent to any  agreement  Seller was aware of to which such consent
            was  required  to be  secured by Seller  hereunder  in order to vest
            Buyer with ownership of the assets.

8.02  Buyer  agrees from and after the Closing to  indemnify  and to hold Seller
      harmless from and against and in respect of any losses  incurred by Seller
      from:

      (a)   Any and all damages, costs, claims and expenses arising by reason of
            Buyer's  failure to  materially  perform  and  discharge  all of the
            obligations and liabilities assumed by it hereunder.

      (b)   Any claims made by creditors of Buyer relating to the asset conveyed
            hereunder  which are  incurred  by Buyer from and after the  Closing
            Date.

      (c)   Any   damage   or   deficiency    resulting    from   any   material
            misrepresentation,  breach of warranty,  or  non-fulfillment  of any
            agreement or covenant on the part of the Buyer under this Agreement,
            or from any material  misrepresentation in or material omission from
            any  other  instrument  furnished  or  to  be  furnished  to  Seller
            hereunder.

      (d)   All reasonable costs and expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys'
            fees)  incurred  by  Seller in  connection  with any  action,  suit,
            proceeding,  demand,  assessment or judgment  incident to any of the
            matters Seller is indemnified against by Buyer in this Agreement.

8.03  The remedies  provided to Seller and Buyer by this  indemnity  shall be in
      addition  to,  and not in  lieu  of,  any  other  remedies  to  which  the
      respective  party  is  entitled  at law or in  equity  for any  breach  or
      noncompliance by the other with the provisions of this Agreement.

8.04  Seller and Buyer each agrees to give prompt written notice to the other of
      any claim against the party giving notice which might give rise to a claim
      by it against the other party  hereto based upon the  indemnity  agreement
      contained in Sections  8.01 and 8.02 hereof,  stating the nature and basis
      of the claim and the actual or estimated amount thereof.  In the event any
      action, suit or proceeding is brought against Seller or Buyer with respect
      to which the other party  hereto may have  liability  under the  indemnity
      agreement  contained  in Sections  8.01 or 8.02 hereof,  the  indemnifying
      party shall have the right,  at its sole cost and expense,  to defend such
      action  in  the  name  and  on  behalf  of the  indemnified  party  and in
      connection  with any such action,  suit or proceeding,  the parties hereto
      agree to  render  to each  other  such  assistance  as may  reasonably  be
      required  in order to insure the proper and  adequate  defense of any such
      action,  suit or  proceeding.  The party  hereto  seeking  indemnification
      hereunder shall not make any settlement of any claim which might give rise
      to liability to the other party hereto under the indemnity


<PAGE>



      contained in Sections 8.01 or 8.02 hereof  without the written  consent of
      such other party,  which consent such other party  covenants  shall not be
      unreasonably  withheld.  In any event the indemnifying  party shall not be
      obligated to make any payment  pursuant to this indemnity  agreement until
      the aggregate amount of the indemnifying  party's liability  hereunder for
      all claims exceeds $25,000 in the aggregate.


                           ARTICLE 9: MISCELLANEOUS

9.01  Each party hereto agrees to use its best efforts to cause the consummation
      of the transactions  contemplated  hereby  including,  but not limited to,
      using its best  efforts  to assure  that the  conditions  to  Closing  are
      satisfied.

9.02  Each party  hereto  covenants  and  agrees  that its  representations  and
      warranties  contained in this  Agreement  and in any  instrument  of sale,
      assignment,  conveyance,  and transfer executed and delivered  pursuant to
      this  Agreement  shall  survive the date hereof and the closing,  and such
      representations  contained therein shall be of no further force and effect
      after the end of the  twelfth  (12th)  month  following  the date  hereof,
      except as to breaches theretofore discovered.

9.03  All notices, claims and other communications hereunder shall be in writing
      and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if  personally  delivered  or
      mailed first class, postage prepaid:

      (a)   if to Buyer:

                  Mr. Tracy J. Scott
                  CEO
                  BNC National Bank
                  322 East Main
                  Bismarck, North Dakota 58501

      (b)   if to Seller:

                  Mr. Elliott Simon
                  President
                  Preferred Investment Services, Inc.
                  One East Wacker Drive, Suite 3622
                  Chicago, Illinois 60601

A.          or at such other  address as any party may from time to time furnish
            to the other party by notice given in accordance with the provisions
            of this  Section.  All notices  shall be deemed given when mailed or
            personally delivered in the manner provided in this Section.

9.04  This  Agreement,  together with the Exhibits  hereto,  contains the entire
      understanding  between the parties  hereto  concerning  the subject matter
      hereof and may not be changed, modified, altered or terminated,  except by
      an  agreement  in writing  executed by the parties  hereto.  Any waiver by
      either party of any of its rights under this Agreement or of any breach of
      this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any other rights or of any
      other or future breach.



<PAGE>



9.05  Each and all of the rights and remedies in this  Agreement  provided,  and
      each and all of the rights and  remedies  allowed at law in equity in like
      case,  shall be  cumulative,  and be exercise of one right or remedy shall
      not be  exclusive  of the right to exercise or resort to any and all other
      rights or remedies provided in this Agreement or at law or in equity.

9.06  This  Agreement  and  all  rights  and  obligations  of the  Buyer  may be
      assigned,  either before or after the Closing Date, without the consent of
      Seller,  to an affiliate or subsidiary of Buyer or a limited  partnership,
      the  general  partner  of which is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  Buyer,
      provided  that any such  assignment  shall not relieve Buyer of any of its
      obligations hereunder.

9.07  Descriptive  headings  are for  convenience  only and shall not control or
      affect the meaning or construction of any provisions of this Agreement.

9.08  This  Agreement has been executed in, and shall be construed in accordance
      with and subject to the laws and  decisions of the State of North  Dakota,
      applicable to contracts made and to be performed  entirely  therein.  This
      Agreement may be executed in several counterparts,  each of which shall be
      an original;  but such counterparts shall together  constitute one and the
      same instrument.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement
on the day and year first above written.


                                          BUYER:

                                          BNC NATIONAL BANK


                                          By: /s/ Tracy J. Scott
                                              TRACY J. SCOTT
                                          Its Chief Executive Officer



                                          SELLER:

                                          PREFERRED, INVESTMENT SERVICES,
                                          INC.

                                          By: /s/ Elliot Simon
                                              ELLIOT SIMON
                                          Its President












                                                                   Exhibit 10.17

                             ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS  ASSIGNMENT  AGREEMENT  made this  29th day of  August,  1997,  by and
between  Preferred  Investment  Services,  Inc.,  with  its  principal  place of
business  at One  East  Wacker  Drive,  Suite  3622,  Chicago,  Illinois  60601,
("Assignor")  and BNC National Bank, a National  Banking  Association,  with its
principal  place of business at 322 East Main  Street,  Bismarck,  North  Dakota
58501 ("Assignee").


                                 WITNESSETH:

                                      I

      Assignor,  for and in consideration of the payment to Assignor by Assignee
of  the  sum of One  Dollar  ($1.00)  in  cash,  and  other  good  and  valuable
consideration,  the receipt and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,
does hereby  sell,  assign,  transfer and convey unto  Assignee  and  Assignee's
successors and assigns,  all of Assignor's  right,  title and interest in and to
the following (collectively, the "Contracts");


      (a)   All rights,  privileges,  and interests in the Management  Agreement
            dated  between  Preferred  Investment  Services,  Inc. and Preferred
            Pension Investors I-87, an Illinois  Partnership,  including but not
            limited to  Assignor's  right to the third  quarter 1997  management
            fees.
      (b)   All   books   and   records,    historical   billing    information,
            correspondence  files,  customer files or any other business records
            relating to or used in connection with the servicing of the contract
            mentioned in subparagraph (a) above.


                                      II


      Assignor represents, covenants and warrants that:


B.    True,  correct and complete  copies of the  Contract  and all  amendments,
      modifications,  supplements  and  exhibits  thereto have  heretofore  been
      provided to Assignee.


B.    Assignor has not previously sold, assigned, transferred or conveyed all or
      any part of its right,  title and  interest in and to the Contract and the
      right,  title and  interest of Assignor in and to the Contract is free and
      clear of all security interests, pledges, chattel mortgages, liens, taxes,
      charges, encumbrances, counterclaims, rights of set-off and adverse claims
      whatsoever.


C.    Assignor  has  full and  complete  right,  power  and  authority  to sell,
      transfer, assign and convey all of its right, title and interest in and to
      the Contract, and Assignor has obtained all consents


<PAGE>



      necessary or appropriate in order to validly and effectively sell, assign,
      transfer and convey to Assignee all right,  title and interest of Assignor
      in and to the Contract.

D.    The Contract has been  terminated or is in default as a result of any acts
      or  omissions of Assignor  and the  Contract is valid and  enforceable  by
      Assignee  in  accordance  with its  terms  and the  Contract  is free from
      set-off, counterclaim and defense of any nature.

E.    Assignor has not breached and is not in default under the Contract and the
      execution and performance of this Assignment Agreement will not constitute
      or result in a breach of or a default under the Contract.

F.    Assignor  warrants  and will  defend  the  right,  title and  interest  of
      Assignor  and  Assignee in and to the  Contract  against the claims of all
      persons whosoever.

G.    Assignor  agrees that a copy of this  Assignment  Agreement  can be relied
      upon as if it were an original.

                                     III

      Assignee,  for and in  consideration of the above assignment and the above
representations,  covenants  and  warranties  of  Assignor,  and other  good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged,  does hereby assume the future  obligations  of Assignor under the
Contract  and  agrees  to  observe  and  perform  all of the  terms,  covenants,
conditions  and provisions of the Contract  therein  provided to be observed and
performed by Assignor  from and after the date  hereof,  except  liabilities  or
obligations accrued prior to the date hereof.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Assignor  and  Assignee  have  executed  this  Assignment
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


      "ASSIGNOR"                    "ASSIGNEE"

PREFERRED INVESTMENT                BNC NATIONAL BANK
SERVICES, INC.


By:\s\ Elliott Simon                By: \s\ Tracy J. Scott
ELLIOTT SIMON                       TRACY J. SCOTT
Its President                       Its CEO






                                                                      Exhibit 21


                          SUBSIDIARIES OF BNCCORP, INC.


The  following is a list of all  subsidiaries  of the Company,  including  their
state of incorporation or organization.


          Name                                        Incorporated In

      BNC National Bank                               North Dakota

      Bismarck Properties, Inc.                       North Dakota

      BNC National Bank of Minnesota                  Minnesota

      BNC Financial Corporation                       Minnesota



 
                                      1





                                                                    Exhibit 23.1



                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report  included or  incorporated  by  reference  in the Form  10-KSB,  into the
Company's previously filed Registration  Statements,  File Numbers 333-03512 and
333-24735.


                                            ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


                                               /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
                                            -----------------------------------

Minneapolis, Minnesota,
   March 27, 1998





 
                 



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     9
<LEGEND>

               This schedule  contains summary financial  information  extracted
          from the balance sheet dated 12/31/97 and statement of income
          for the twelve months ended  12/31/97 and is qualified in its entirety
          by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                              0000945434      
<NAME>                             BNCCORP, INC.
<MULTIPLIER>                       1000
<CURRENCY>                         U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                                <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                      12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                  DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                     JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                       DEC-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                    1
<CASH>                             13,058
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>             2,231
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                   0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                   0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>        94,624
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>             0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>               0
<LOANS>                            232,131
<ALLOWANCE>                        3,069
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                     360,121
<DEPOSITS>                         262,824
<SHORT-TERM>                       46,503
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                4,708
<LONG-TERM>                        21,812
              0
                        0
<COMMON>                           23
<OTHER-SE>                         24,251
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>     360,121
<INTEREST-LOAN>                    22,003
<INTEREST-INVEST>                  4,231
<INTEREST-OTHER>                   307
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                   26,541
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                 11,282
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                 13,915
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>              12,626
<LOAN-LOSSES>                      2,619
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                 8
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                    9,894
<INCOME-PRETAX>                    2,556
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>         1,512
<EXTRAORDINARY>                    0
<CHANGES>                          0
<NET-INCOME>                       1,512
<EPS-PRIMARY>                      .65
<EPS-DILUTED>                      .64
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                     9.06
<LOANS-NON>                        376
<LOANS-PAST>                       1,016
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                   104
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                    11,164
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                   1,594
<CHARGE-OFFS>                      1,921
<RECOVERIES>                       777
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                  3,069
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>               2,282
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>            787
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission